-
61 ἀναφορά
A coming up, rising,ἀ. ποιεῖσθαι
rise,Arist.
HA 622b7; of vapours or exhalations, Placit.3.7.4, Theol.Ar. 31, cf. Orib.9.16.3, etc.II ([etym.] ἀναφέρω) carrying back, reference of a thing to a standard, ; in Law, recourse, : abs., Thphr. Char.8.5 (pl.), IG5(1).1390.111 (Andania, i B.C.);ἡ ἀ. ἐστι πρός τι Arist.Cat. 5b20
, al.; ἀ. ἔχειν πρός or ἐπί τι to be referable to.., Epicur. Fr. 409, Plb.4.28.3, Plu.2.290e, al.; ἀ. τινος γίγνεται πρός or ἐπί τι, Plb.1.3.4, Plu.2.1071a; ([place name] Teos); ἀ. ἔχειν ἐπί τι, of writings, refer to, Alex.Aphr.in Mete.4.1; τούτων εἰς Κυναίγειρον ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀναφοράν assign to, give credit for.., Polem.Call.23.2 way of retreat,ὑπέλιπε ἑαυτῷ ἀναφοράν D.18.219
;νῦν δὲ αὑτοῖς μὲν κατέλιπον τὴν εἰς τὸ ἀφανὲς ἀναφοράν Aeschin. 2.104
, cf. Plb.15.8.13, etc.3 means of repairing a fault, defeat, etc.,ἀλλ' ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀ. τῆς ξυμφορᾶς E.Or. 414
;ἀ. ἁμαρτήματος ἔχειν
way to atone for..,Plu.
Phoc.2;ἀ. ἔχειν
means of recovery,Id.
Fab. 14.5 report, PLond.1.17.34 (ii B.C.), etc.6 petition, PRyl.119.28(i A.D.).7 payment on account, instalment, OGI225 (Milet.), PEleph.14.26 (iii B.C.), PRev.Laws16.10 (iii B.C.), etc.8 Rhet., repetition of a word, Longin.20.1, Demetr.Eloc, 141.10 Medic., = ἀνάδοσις, opp. πέψις, Aret.SD2.7.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀναφορά
-
62 ἐνδεής
A wanting or lacking in, in need of, c. gen., ἐ. εἶναι or γεγενῆσθαί τινος, Hdt.1.32, Antipho 5.77;ἑνός μοι μῦθος ἐ. ἔτι E.Hec. 835
; πολλῶν ἐ., opp. αὐτάρκης, Pl.R. 369b; ποιητοῦ δ' ἐστὶν ἐ... πρὸς τὸ ἐπιδεῖξαι, caret vate sacro, Id.Smp. 195d, cf. Lg. 697e;σμικροῦ τινος ἐ. εἰμι πάντ' ἔχειν Id.Prt. 329b
.2 abs., in want, in need, X.HG6.1.3 codd., etc.b lacking, deficient, freq. in [comp] Comp.,ἐνδεέστερα πράγματα Hdt.7.48
; φαίνεται ἐνδεεστέρα [ ἡ στρατεία] Th.1.10;- εστέρα παρασκευή Id.4.65
;ἐνδεέστεροι ταῖς οὐσίαις Isoc.4.105
; also in Posit., οὐδὲν ἐνδεὲς ποιεῖσθαι leave nothing unsaid, S.Ph. 375;τοῦτο πολ ῷ τοῦ παρόντος ἐνδεές E.Heracl. 170
;μηδὲν ἐνδεὲς λίπῃς Id.Ph. 385
;ἐνδεὲς φαίνεταί τι Th.5.9
;ἐνδεές τι ἐν τῷ σώματι ἔχειν X.Cyr.8.1.40
;ἐ. τὸν βίον Men.592
;τὴν ὄψιν Luc.DMar.1.2
; τὸ ἐ. lack, want, defect, = ἔνδεια, Th.1.77; τὸ αὐτῶν ἐ. their deficiency, Id.3.83.3 inferior, τὰ κρείσσω μηδὲ τἀνδεᾶ λέγειν the worse, S.OC 1430;γένει οὐδενὸς ἐνδεής X.HG7.1.23
; τῆς δυνάμεως ἐνδεᾶ πρᾶξαι to act short of your real power, Th.1.70; τούτου ἐνδεᾶ ἐφαίνετο (sc. τἃ πράγματα ) their power was unequal to the purpose, ib. 102: [comp] Comp.ἐνδεέστερός τινος S.Ph. 524
;τῆς δόξης Th.2.11
;αὑτοῦ Plu.Cic.35
.5 Gramm., defective, A.D.Synt.239.18.6 Adv. ἐνδεῶς defectively, insufficiently, opp. ἱκανῶς, Pl.Phd. 88e, R. 523e; ἐ. ἔχειν τινός to be in want of, E.Fr.898.8;τῶν ἀναγκαίων Plu.Nic.27
; μὴ ἐνδεῶς γνῶναι judge not insufficiently, Th.2.40: [comp] Comp. ἐνδεεστέρως παρεῖχεν ἢ πρὸς τὴν ἐξουσίαν less than, Id.4.39;ἐ. πρὸς ἃ βούλεται δηλοῦσθαι Id.2.35
;ἐ. ἔχειν Pl.Phd. 74e
; ἐ. ἢ προσῆκεν τιμωρήσασθαι Epist. Philipp. ap. D.12.12: rarely- έστερον A.D.Synt.209.21
. -
63 ὑφίστημι
A : [tense] aor. ὑπέστησα, [dialect] Dor.ὑπέστᾱσα Pi.O.8.26
:—Causal, place or set under, ὑποστήσαντες [τῷ χαλκηΐῳ] τρεῖς κολοσσούς having set them under it, to support it, Hdt.4.152;ὑ. προθύρῳ κίονας Pi.O.6.1
: metaph., χώραν ὑπέστᾱσε ξένοις κίονα ib.8.26: without dat., τρεῖς σταυροὺς ὑπίστησι plants three piles in the lake to support a house, Hdt.5.16;ὑ. κλῶνας X.Cyn.10.7
; , etc.: metaph., γνώμας ὑποστήσας σοφάς having laid them as a foundation, having begun with them, S.Aj. 1091;ὑ. δόλον E.
l.c.; v. infr. B.1.1.3 bring to a halt, hold up, ὑποστήσαντες (sc. τοὺς στρατιώτας)ἐν τῷ στενῷ οἱ στρατηγοί Id.An.4.1.14
(v.l. ὑποστάντες, v. infr. B. 111); ὑπέστησε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ναῦν ἀντίπρῳρον τοῖς πολεμίοις stationed it, Plb. 1.50.6.4 give substance to, cause to subsist, 'hypostatize', Plot.6.7.40, al.; treat as subsisting,ὁ νοῦς κατὰ τὸ νοεῖν ὑφιστὰς τὸ ὄν Id.5.1.4
;ὑφίστησι μὲν τὸ ὅλον, ὑφίσταται δὲ τὰ μέρη Dam.Pr. 271
, cf. Procl. Inst.28.II [voice] Med. also in causal sense, mostly [tense] fut. and [tense] aor. 1, lay down, premise, ;ἀρχὰς ψευδεῖς ὑποστήσασθαι Plb.3.48.9
;ἐπειδὰν ὑποθέσεις εὐπεριλήπτους.. ὑποστήσωνται Id.7.7.6
.3 conceive, suppose, c. acc. et inf.,τῷ -στησαμένῳ τοὺς θεοὺς.. εἶναι Phld.D.1.17
; , cf. Heraclit.Incred.13; but the inf. is mostly omitted, , cf. 12, D.L.2.86:—[voice] Pass.,τοὺς θεούς, ἂν φρονοῦντες -σταθῶσιν Phld.D.1.7
.B [voice] Pass., with [tense] aor. 2 and [tense] pf. [voice] Act. (Hom. uses only [tense] aor. 2):— stand under as a support,ὑπεστᾶσι κολοσσοὶ.. τῇ αὐλῇ Hdt.2.153
; ;τὸ ὑφεστὸς τῷ βάρει Arist.IA 708b31
; v. supr. A. 1.1.2 sink, settle, τὸ ὑπιστάμενον the milk, opp. τὸ ἐπιστάμενον (the cream), Hdt.4.2; opp. τὸ ἐπιπολάζον, Arist.Cael. 311a17; of a sediment, deposit,ἐν οὔρῳ ψαμμώδεα ὑφίσταται Hp.Aph.4.79
, cf. Arist.Mete. 357b3; opp. ἐπιπλεῖν, Thphr. HP3.15.4; of the sun, set, Emp.48(cj.).II place oneself under an engagement, promise to do, folld. by [tense] fut. inf.,ὅσσ' Ἀχιλῆϊ.. ὑπέστημεν δώσειν Il.19.195
, cf. Hdt.9.94;θύσειν ὑπέστης παῖδα E.IA 360
(troch.), cf. Ar.V. 716(anap.), Pl.Lg. 751d; by [tense] aor.inf., (i B. C.); by [tense] pres. inf.,ὑπέστησαν ποιέειν ταῦτα Hdt.3.128
;ὑ. τὴν τάξιν ἔχειν X.Cyr.6.3.35
: the inf. is sts. omitted, ὡς.. ὑπέστην καὶ κατένευσα (sc. ἔσεσθαι) Il.4.267: abs., after promise given,Od.
3.99, cf. Il.21.457, Hdt.3.127, 9.34, Lys.19.19, X.An.4.1.26; ὤσπερ ὑπέστη as he promised, Th.4.39, 8.29: c. dat. pers., ὤς οἱ ὑπέστην as I promised him, Il.15.75: sts. with acc. of object (but an inf. may be supplied),πάντα τελευτήσεις ὅσ' ὑπέστης.. Πριάμῳ 13.375
;τρίποδας φέρον, οὕς οἱ ὑπέστη 19.243
, cf. 11.244; , cf. Od.10.483; ἦ ῥ' ἅλιον τὸν μῦθον ὑπέστημεν.., ἀπονέεσθαι vain was the promise we made.., that he would return, Il.5.715.3 c. acc. rei, submit to, consent to, ὁ τὸ ἐλάχιστον ὑπιστάμενος who offers to take the least, Hdt. 1.196; ὑ. τὸν πλοῦν undertake it unwillingly, Th.4.28;ὑ. τὸν κίνδυνον Id.2.61
, Lys.9.7, cf. Th.4.59, Isoc.3.28;ἀγῶνας Th.3.57
, OGI763.9 (Milet., ii B. C.); ; ; ;ἀπεχθείας Plu.Them.3
;πόλεμον Plb. 1.6.7
, Alciphr.3.45; πράγματα ib.61;τὴν πρᾶξιν Plu.Pel.8
;τὸν ἆθλον Luc.Rh.Pr.24
: also c. inf., consent, bring oneself to,οὔ τίς με.. ὑπέστη σαῶσαι Il.21.273
;πᾶν ἂν ὑποστὰς εἰπεῖν D.21.114
; ὑ. ἐξαπατᾶν τινα Id. 19.69: abs., submit patiently, Id.Prooem.5.1; ὑφίστασθαι συμβαίνει τὸν κερατοειδῆ the cornea yields (to pressure), Aët.7.36.b undertake an office,τὴν ἀρχήν X.An.6.1.19
,31;γυμνασιαρχίαν IG5(1).535.12
([place name] Sparta), cf. OGI494.6 (Milet., ii A. D.); ὑφέστη (sic)τὴν στρατηγίαν SIG876.6
(Smyrna, ii/iii A. D.), cf. Plu.Cam.37: alsoἐθελοντὴν ὑποστῆναι τριήραρχον Lys.29.7
;χορηγὸς ὑπέστην D.21.69
; ἐμὲ τοῦ λόγου διάδοχον.. ὑποστάντα PlPhlb.19a; poet.,ὑπέστης αἵματος δέκτωρ A.Eu. 204
: metaph., ψυχὴν Τέλητος ὑπέστης, i. e. you promised to be as brave as T., Hermipp.46 (anap.).c make an offer in a public auction, ἔδοξεν.. μοι μηθὲν ὑποστῆναι I decided to make no bid, commit myself to nothing, PCair.Zen.371.9 (iii B.C.), cf. PMich.Zen. 60.10 (iii B. C.); δώδεκα ἀρταβῶν ὑπέστη he undertook (to supply the produce) of 12 artabae, ib. 36.5 (iii B.C.), cf. PCair.Zen.199.4 (iii B.C.), PEleph.21.16 (iii B.C.); ὑφίστατο.. τάξεσθαι ἑκάστου πήχεως [x] PTheb. Bank 1.2 (ii B. C.); οὐ δυνόμενος ( = -άμενος)οὐκέτι ὑποστῆναι τὴν γεωργίαν Sammelb.7468.11
(iii A. D.).d ὑπέστη πολλὰς ἀπορίας laid himself open to many doubts, Plot.3.6.12.III lie concealed or in ambush, Hdt.8.91, E.Andr. 1114, v.l. in X.An.4.1.14; v. supr. A. 1.2,ὑφίημι 1.3
, ὑφεῖσα.IV resist, withstand, c. dat., A.Pers.87 (lyr.), X.An.3.2.11, HG7.5.12:ξυμφοραῖς ταῖς μεγίσταις ὑ. Th.2.61
, cf. E.HF 1349: c. acc., Id.Cyc. 200, Rh. 375 (lyr.), Th.1.144, Plb.9.35.1: abs., stand one's ground, face the enemy, E.Ph. 1470, Th.4.54, 8.68, Plb.4.80.5; opp. φεύγω, X.Cyr.4.2.31, Plu.Demetr.25; ὑποστᾰθείς, opp. φεύγων, E.Rh. 315; of clouds, opp. προωθεῖσθαι, Arist.Pr. 940b36.2 subsist, exist (cf.ὑπόστασις B.
III),κατ' ἰδίαν ὑφεστώς Arist.Fr. 188
;ὑφέστηκε τό τε ὁρᾶν ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀκούειν ὥσπερ τὸ ἀλγεῖν Epicur.Fr.36
;τὸ ὑφεστηκὸς τέλος Id.Sent.22
, cf. Diog.Oen.5, Arr.Epict.3.7.6;ἐκ τοῦ μηκέτ' ὄντος μηδ' ὑφεστῶτος Plu.2.829c
, cf. Luc.Par.27; τὸ παρῳχημένον τοῦ χρόνου καὶ τὸ μέλλον οὐχ ὑπάρχειν ἀλλ' ὑφεστηκέναι φησί (sc. Χρύσιππος) Stoic.2.165; the Stoic distinction betw. τὸ ὄν and τὸ ὑφεστός is pettifogging acc. to Gal.10.155 (= Stoic.2.115); business in hand,Plb.
6.14.5.b ὑφεστηκότος παρὰ τῷ ταμίᾳ κατ' ἰδίαν λόγου the treasurer having a special bank-account, IG12(9).236.64 (Eretria, ii B.C.);τὸ ἥμισσυ ἀναπεμπόντω ἐπὶ τὰν δαμοσίαν τράπεζαν ἐς τὸν ὑφεστᾱκότα τᾶς θεοῦ λόγον Arch.f.Religionswiss. 10.211
(Cos, ii B.C.); ὑποστησαμένους λόγον πόλεως τῶν.. χρημάτων ἐγγράφεσθαι τὸ διδόμενον they shall open a municipal account (entitled) 'the.. fund' and place this gift to its credit, SIG577.13 (Milet., iii/ii B.C.).V ἡ κοιλία ὑφίσταται the bowels are costive, lit., are obstructed or stopped, Plu.2.134e.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑφίστημι
-
64 περί
περί (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. and acc., in our lit. not w. dat. (B-D-F §203; Rob. 617; see the lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.) lit. ‘round about’① w. the gen. to denote the object or pers. to which (whom) an activity or esp. inward process refers or relates, about, concerningⓐ after verbs that denote an oral or written expression or its reception, a mental action, knowing, thinking, recognizing, etc., about, concerning; s. the entries ἀκούω 1c and 3c, ἀναγγέλλω 2 end, ἀπαγγέλλω 1, ἀπολογέομαι, γνωρίζω 1, γογγύζω, γράφω 2c, δηλόω, διαβεβαιόομαι, διαλέγομαι 1, διδάσκω 2d, διηγέομαι, εἶπον 1a, ἐντέλλω, ἐπιστέλλω, κατηχέω, λαλέω 2aγ, λέγω 1bδ; λόγον αἰτεῖν, ἀποδιδόναι, διδόναι, ποιεῖσθαι (s. λόγος 2a); μαρτυρέω 1b, μνημονεύω 1c, ὁμιλέω, πυνθάνομαι, προκαταγγέλλω, προφητεύω, ὑπομιμνῄσκω, χρηματίζομαι; ἀγνοέω 1a, ἀπορέω, ἐπινοέω, ἐπίσταμαι 2, οἶδα 1h, πέπεισμαι (s. πείθω 4), πιστεύω 1aβ. Also used w. the substantives belonging to these verbs or verbs w. similar mngs.: ἀπολογία 2a, γογγυσμός; διήγησις, εὐαγγέλιον, ἦχος 2, πρόφασις, φήμη; s. these entries. γινώσκω J 7:17. συμφωνέω Mt 18:19. τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ; what do you think of the Christ? 22:42.ⓑ after verbs that express considering, asking, examining, charging, judging, censuring, punishing, praising, etc., on account of, because of, for, concerning. S. the entries ἀποστοματίζω, ἀπορέω, διαπορέω, ἐγκαλέω, εἶδον (3: deliberate concerning), ἐκζητέω 1, ἐλέγχω 2 and 3, ἐξετάζω 1 and 2b, ἐπερωτάω 1a, ἐπιζητέω 1b, ἐρωτάω 1, ζητέω 2, κατηγορέω, παραμυθέομαι.—διαλογίζομαι Lk 3:15. κρίνω J 8:26. λιθάζω 10:33. θεὸν αἰνέω Lk 19:37. περὶ οὗ … οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ἔφερον his accusers brought no charge of this kind Ac 25:18 (BWeiss, Preuschen take περὶ οὗ w. σταθέντες, which immediately follows it, and understand it to mean ‘around him’, ‘near him’ [περί τινος in this sense IG XIV, 2508, 4]).—S. also the entry ζήτημα.ⓒ after verbs that denote emotion. S. the entries ἀγανακτέω, θαυμάζω 1aβ, καυχάομαι, σπλαγχνίζομαι.ⓓ after verbs of caring (for). S. the entries μέλει 1b, μεριμνάω, προβλέπω.ⓔ after other verbs and expressions, mostly with regard to, with reference to, in relation to, w. respect to εὐλογεῖν Hb 11:20. ἀναβαίνειν περὶ τοῦ ζητήματος go up about the question Ac 15:2. ἐντολὰς λαμβάνειν Col 4:10. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν 1 Cor 7:37 (s. ἐξουσία 1). περὶ πάντων εὐοδοῦσθαι be well off in all respects 3J 2 (περὶ π.=‘in all resp.’: Pla., Gorg. 23, 467d.—Others take it as ‘above all’; cp. Il. 1, 287; 21, 566).ⓕ w. certain verbs and nouns such as ‘ask’, ‘pray’, ‘prayer’, etc., περί introduces the pers. or thing in whose interest the petition is made. Thus it takes the place of ὑπέρ (B-D-F §229, 1; Rob. 618; WSchulze, Zeitschr. für vergl. Sprachforschung 44, 1911, 359: Callim., Epigr. 55, 3.—SIG 1170, 30 περὶ τούτου παρεκάλεσα τὸν θεόν; POxy 1298, 4; 1494, 6; JosAs 28:5 ἐξιλάσομαι αὐτοὺς περὶ ὑμῶν; EpArist 273) for. S. the entries δέομαι b, δέησις, ἐρωτάω 2, παρακαλέω 3. προσεύχεσθαι (Gen 20:7; 1 Km 7:5; 2 Macc 1:6; 15:14) Lk 6:28; Col 1:3 (v.l. ὑπέρ); 4:3; 1 Th 5:25; 2 Th 1:11; 3:1; Hb 13:18. προσευχὴ γίνεται Ac 12:5. Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη περὶ ὑμῶν; 1 Cor 1:13 v.l. (for ὑπέρ). τὸ αἷμα τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον Mt 26:28 (cp. Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 730, 29 p. 415, 29 Jac. περὶ τῶν διαδόχων αὐτοῦ ἅπαν … παθεῖν). ἀγῶνα ἔχω περὶ ὑμῶν Col 2:1 v.l. (for ὑπέρ).ⓖ when used w. ἁμαρτία the word ‘for’ has the sense to take away, to atone for περὶ ἁμαρτίας (Num 8:8) Ro 8:3 (difft. TThornton, JTS 22, ’71, 515–17). Ἰ. Χρ. τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν Gal 1:4 v.l. (for ὑπέρ; CBreytenbach, Versöhnung ’89, 197). περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἔπαθεν 1 Pt 3:18 (v.l. ἀπέθανεν). Cp. Hb 5:3c. προσφορὰ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 10:18. θυσία περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν vs. 26. εἰσφέρεται τὸ αἷμα περὶ ἁμαρτίας 13:11. τὸ περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας (i.e. προσφερόμενον) the sin-offering (Lev 6:23; 14:19) Hb 10:6, 8 (both Ps 39:7).ⓗ περί τινος abs. at the beginning of a sentence concerning, with reference to (GrBar 8:6; Just., A I, 15, 1 al.; SIG 736, 1; PEleph 13, 4f; BGU 246, 13; 17; 1097, 5 [c. 50 A.D.]; 1095, 9 [57 A.D.]) περὶ ὧν (=περὶ τούτων ἃ) ἐγράψατε concerning the things you wrote (to me) 1 Cor 7:1 (s. γράφω 2c). Cp. 8:1; 16:1, 12. In other, seemingly similar, places it is to be connected w. the verb that follows: Mt 22:31; 24:36; Mk 12:26; 13:32; 1 Cor 7:25; 8:4; 12:1; 2 Cor 9:1; 1 Th 4:9; 5:1. (Cp. the formulation of answers by Claudius in PLond 1912; on Paul’s rhetorical use, cp. Demosth. 7, 1; 14; 18; 30; 39; MMitchell NovT 31, ’89, 229–56.)ⓘ w. the art. τὰ περί τινος what concerns someone or someth., his or its circumstances, situation, condition (X., An. 2, 5, 37 ὅπως μάθοι τὰ περὶ Προξένου; Sir 19:30; TestJob 41:3; JosAs 19:2; GrBar 4:12; Just., A I, 33, 5; Tat. 36, 2) τὰ περὶ (τοῦ) Ἰησοῦ the reports about Jesus, concerning his miracles Mk 5:27; of Jesus’ passion experiences Lk 24:19; of the preaching about Jesus Ac 18:25; cp. 28:31. τὰ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ (αὐτοῦ, ἐμοῦ, ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν) Lk 24:27; Ac 23:11, 15; 24:10; 28:15; Eph 6:22; Phil 1:27; 2:19f; Col 4:8.—τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ the things concerning the Kgdm. of God Ac 1:3; 19:8 (v.l. without the art.). τὰ περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 24:22 (ὁδός 3c).② w. the acc., gener. in ref. to position rather than mental or emotional considerations as in the use of the gen., aboutⓐ of place around, about, near (TestJob 40:6 περί τινα φάτνην; 12 περὶ τὴν οἰκίαν; Ath. 25, 1 ἄγγελοι … περὶ τὸν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν)α. (all) around ἕως ὅτου σκάψω περὶ αὐτήν until I dig (all) around it Lk 13:8. περιαστράψαι φῶς περὶ ἐμέ Ac 22:6b. αἱ παρθένοι ἑστηκυῖαι περὶ τὴν πύλην who stood about the door Hs 9, 3, 2.β. of a part of the body around which someth. goes (Heraclid. Pont. Fgm. 55 W. περὶ τὸ μέτωπον; PsSol 2:20 περὶ τὴν κεφαλήν; TestJob 46:9 περὶ τὸ στῆθος; JosAs 3:9 περὶ τὰς χεῖρας): a belt περὶ τὴν ὀσφύν around the waist Mt 3:4; Mk 1:6 (JosAs 14:16); cp. Rv 15:6. A millstone περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον Mk 9:42; Lk 17:2 (JosAs 18:5); cp. Mt 18:6.γ. of nearby places: αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις the towns near them (Sodom and Gomorrah) Jd 7. τὰ περὶ τὸν τόπον the region around the place Ac 28:7 (Diod S 1, 50, 6 τὰ π. τὴν Μέμφιν; Strabo 12, 7, 3). Without the art. περὶ Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα the neighborhood of T. and S. Mk 3:8.δ. of persons who are standing, sitting, working or staying close to someone ὄχλον περὶ αὐτόν Mt 8:18; cp. Mk 9:14. τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν κύκλῳ καθημένους Mk 3:34; cp. vs. 32. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν those about him, his followers Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49. The central person in the group can be included: οἱ περὶ Παῦλον Paul and his companions Ac 13:13; 21:8 v.l. οἱ περὶ τὸν Πέτρον Peter and those with him short ending of Mark; GHb 356, 38f= ISm 3:2; cp. GHb 22, 39 (Pla., Thu., X.; Diod S 11, 40, 3; 11, 61, 3 οἱ περὶ τὸν Κίμωνα=Cimon and his men; ins, pap; 2 Macc 1:33; 8:30; 4 Macc 2:19; JosAs 26:5; Jos., Bell. 5, 10, Ant. 18, 354 al.; Tat. 36, 1 al.; B-D-F §228; Rob. 620). οἱ περὶ τὸν κεντυρίωνα the centurion and his men GPt 11:45. πρὸς τὰς περὶ Μάρθαν καὶ Μαριάμ J 11:19 v.l. prob. means only the two sisters to Martha and Mary (cp. Phalaris, Ep. 136; Polyb. 4, 36, 6; 21, 11, 2; Diod S 1, 16, 1; 1, 37, 3; 16, 85, 2 οἱ περὶ Χάρητα καὶ Λυσικλέα=Chares and Lysicles [are made generals]; Plut., Tib. Gracch. 825 [2, 3] οἱ περὶ Δροῦσον = Δροῦσος, Pyrrh. 395 [20, 1] οἱ περὶ Γάϊον Φαβρίκιον = Γάϊος Φαβρίκιος; Diog. L. 2, 43 οἱ περὶ Αἰσχύλον=Aeschylus; 2, 105; EpArist 51; Philo, Vi. Cont. 15; Jos., Ant. 13, 187; 15, 370, C. Ap. 1, 17). οἱ π. τὸν Παῦλον Ac 27:1a v.l.=Παῦλος vs. 1b.ⓑ of time about, near (Hdt., Thu., X. et al.; PGen 17, 10; PGiss 70, 7; Gen 15:12; Ex 11:4) περὶ τρίτην ὥραν (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 45 §182; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 11 [Stone p. 12] and B 6 p. 109, 27 [Stone p. 66]; Jos., Vi. 239; cp. 243; PSI 184, 5 χθὲς περὶ ἕκτην ὥραν) about the third hour Mt 20:3. Likew. w. the hour given vs. 5f, 9; 27:46; Ac 10:3 (ὡσεὶ περὶ ὥραν ἐνάτην; ApcMos 17 περὶ ὥραν, ὅταν), 9; cp. Mk 6:48; Ac 22:6a.ⓒ of being occupied with (Just., D. 2, 5 χρόνον ἐκτρίβειν περὶ ἐκεῖνα τὰ μαθματα; 8, 3 τῆς περὶ τὸ θεῖον ὁρμῆς; Tat. 27, 3; Ath. 17, 3) περισπᾶσθαι (q.v. 2), θορυβάζεσθαι περί τι Lk 10:40f. οἱ π. τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάται the workers who were occupied with such things (s. ἐργάτης 1a) Ac 19:25.ⓓ with regard or respect to (Diod S 2, 18, 2 ἡ περὶ αὐτὴν ἀρετή=her valor; Lucian, Vit. Auct. 17 οἱ περὶ μοιχείαν νόμοι; ApcEsdr 1:6 δικάσασθαι … περὶ τὸ γένος τῶν χριστιανῶν; Jos., Ant. 5, 259; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13 σου τὸ σπουδαῖον περὶ τὴν πίστιν) ἀστοχεῖν 1 Ti 6:21; 2 Ti 2:18. ναυαγεῖν 1 Ti 1:19. νοσεῖν have a morbid craving for someth. (s. νοσέω) 6:4. περὶ πάντα in all respects Tit 2:7.—Pol 4:3; παράδοξον περὶ Ἰοῦστον … γέγονος a miracle that took place involving Justus Papias (2:9). On 2 Cl 17:2 s. ἀνάγω 5.—τὰ περὶ ἐμέ my situation, how I am getting along (Menand., Sam. 623 S. [Kö. 278]; UPZ 68, 6 [152 B.C.] τὰ περὶ Ἀπολλώνιον; Just., A I, 54, 2 τὰ περὶ τὸν Χριστόν; Tat. 8, 4 τὰ περὶ σέ; Jos., Ant. 2, 60) Phil 2:23. αἱ π. τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι desires for other things Mk 4:19.—DELG. M-M. TW. -
65 μισθός
μισθός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+)① remuneration for work done, pay, wages Lk 10:7; 1 Ti 5:18. Personified ὁ μ. ὁ ἀφυστερημένος κράζει the wages you have kept back cry out (to heaven) Js 5:4 (cp. TestJob 12:4). τὸν μ. ἀποδιδόναι pay (out) wages (s. ἀποδίδωμι 2a) Mt 20:8 (cp. Iren. 4, 36, 7 [Harv. II 284, 3]; 1, 4, 3 [Harv. I, 36, 11) μισθὸν λαμβάνειν receive one’s wages (Diod S 12, 53, 2; Jos., Bell. 2, 296, Ant. 4, 206) J 4:36. μισθοὺς λαμβάνειν τινός accept payment(s) for someth. Hm 11:12 (μ. λαμβ. τινός as Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 98; for the pl. cp. Aesop 87d, 12 Ch.; Jos., Ant. 1, 183; BGU 1067, 15 [II A.D.]; Just., A I, 27, 2). μ. τῆς ἀδικίας money paid for treachery Ac 1:18. μ. ἀδικίας dishonest gain 2 Pt 2:15; on ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας vs. 13 s. ἀδικέω 2.—In τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ ἐξεχύθησαν, μισθοῦ is gen. of price (as in the anonymous comic Fgm. 218 Kock; Diod S 4, 20, 2; 3 μισθοῦ ἐργάζεσθαι; Tat. 1, 3 μισθοῦ πιπράκοντας; 18, 3; μισθοῦ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἀποκαθιστᾶν) for pay or gain Jd 11 (s. ἐκχέω 3).② recognition (mostly by God) for the moral quality of an action, recompense transf. sense of 1 (Pla., Rep. 10, 614a τῷ δικαίῳ παρὰ θεῶν τε καὶ ἀνθρώπων μισθοὶ καὶ δῶρα γίγνεται; cp. 2, 363d ἡγησάμενοι κάλλιστον ἀρετῆς μισθὸν μέθην αἰώνιον ‘considering the finest meed for virtue an eternal spree’; Plut., Mor. 183d; Lucian, Vit. Auct. 24; Jos., Ant. 1, 183; 18, 309; LXX; Did., Gen. 20, 6).ⓐ in affirmation of laudable conduct reward 2 Cl 3:3. μισθὸν ἔχειν have a reward 1 Cor 9:17; Mt 5:46; 6:1 (cp. habeo pretium: Horace, Ep. 1, 16, 47). τὸν μ. ἀπέχειν have received one’s reward (in full) Mt 6:2, 5, 16 (s. ἀπέχω 1). μισθὸν λαμβάνειν receive one’s reward 1 Cor 3:8, 14; cp. Mt 10:41a (Jos., Ant. 6, 48 μὴ λαμβάνειν τὸν προφήτην μισθόν), vs. 41b; GJs 20:2 (codd.); AcPlCor 2:36. Also μ. ἀπολαμβάνειν 2 Cl 9:5; Hs 5, 6, 7b (GrBar 15:3; ApcEsdr 1:14 p. 25:9 Tdf.). τὸν μ. κομίσασθαι 2 Cl 11:5 (Theoph. Ant 2, 27 [p. 164, 19]). μισθὸν πλήρη ἀπολαμβάνειν receive a full reward 2J 8. τὸν μ. ἀποδιδόναι pay (out) the reward (Wsd 10:17) 2 Cl 20:4; cp. 11:8. ὁ τοῦ μ. ἀνταποδότης 19:11; D 4:7 (cp. τὸν μ. τῆς ἀνταποδόσεως TestJob 14:4). τὸν μισθὸν εὑρεῖν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ find one’s reward with God Hs 2:5 (μ. εὑρ. as Ezk 27:33). μισθὸν αἰτεῖν ask as a reward 2 Cl 19:1. ὁ μ. πολὺς ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς the reward in heaven is great Mt 5:12; cp. Lk 6:23, 35. οὐκ ἔστιν μικρός 2 Cl 15:1. Coming w. the parousia Rv 11:18; 21:3. W. the obj. gen. (μ. ἀρετῆς, Did., Gen. 174, 8) μ. δικαιοσύνης reward for righteousness 20:2; D 5:2. διδόναι μισθὸν ἀντιμισθίας ὧν ἐλάβομεν give a recompense for what we have received 2 Cl 1:5 (δίδ. μ. as Ael. Aristid. 28, 10 K.=49 p. 494 D.; Sir 51:30). ἀπολέσαι τὸν μ. lose one’s reward (Jos., Ant. 1, 183a) Mt 10:42; Mk 9:41; Hs 5, 6, 7a; ἔσται μοι εἰς μ. it will bring me the reward 1:5.—τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ ὁ μ. οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα wages are not considered a favor when bestowed on one who works, but as something due the person Ro 4:4.ⓑ in an unfavorable sense, the requital that consists in punishment (Trag.; Hdt. 8, 116f; Callim., Hymn. in Dian. 263; Dionys. Hal. 10, 51; 2 Macc 8:33) ὁ μισθὸς αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς ἀδικίας) κόλασις κ. θάνατος Dg 9:2. ὁ μ. τῆς πονηρίας ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ the reward of wickedness is in store for him 4:12.ⓒ reward or punishment as the case may be Rv 22:12; 1 Cl 34:3 (both Is 40:10); 21:3.—Billerb. IV 1245f (index); esp. IV 487–500: Altsynagog. Lohnlehre; KWeiss, D. Frohbotsch. Jesu über Lohn u. Vollkommenheit (Mt 20:1–16) 1927; MWagner, D. Lohnged. im Ev.: NKZ 43, ’32, 106–12; 129–39; OMichel, D. Lohnged. in d. Verkünd. Jesu: ZST 9, ’32, 47–54.—GWetter, D. Vergeltungsged. b. Pls 1912; FFilson, St. Paul’s Conception of Recompense ’32; HHeidland, D. Anrechng. des Glaubens z. Gerechtigkeit ’36; GBornkamm, D. Lohnged. im NT: EvTh ’44, 143–66; BReicke, The NT Conception of Reward: MGoguel Festschr. ’50, 195–206; MSmith, Tannaitic Par. to the Gosp. ’51, 49–73; WPesch, Der Lohngedanke in d. Lehre Jesu usw., diss. Munich ’55 (lit.); GdeRu, NovT 8, ’66, 202–22.—B. 814. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. -
66 φόβος
φόβος, ου, ὁ (s. three prec. entries; Hom.+. In Hom. ‘panic flight’; then in various senses).① intimidating entity, the act. causative senseⓐ intimidation (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 27 §104 ἐς φ. τῆς βουλῆς=to intimidate the Senate) so prob. τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηθῆτε do not be intimidated by their intimidation (cp. REB et al.) 1 Pt 3:14 (Is 8:12; s. φοβέω 1bγ and cp. 2aα below).ⓑ concretely, someth. terrible/awe-inspiring, a terror (Soph., Philoct. 1251; Polyb. 11, 30, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 135 §565; SIG 442, 10 [III B.C.] οὐδένα οὔτε φόβον οὔτε κίνδυνον ὑποστελλόμενοι; Just., A II, 5, 4 διὰ φόβων καὶ τιμωριῶν ὧν ἐπέφερον) οἱ ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος Ro 13:3. So perh. also εἰδότες οὖν τὸν φόβον τοῦ κυρίου since we know what it is that causes fear of the Lord 2 Cor 5:11 (i.e. the judgment to come, vs. 10; so Goodsp., REB et al.; ambiguously NRSV; s. also Field, Notes 183f); s. 2bα below.② the product of an intimidating/alarming force, the pass. senseⓐ fear, alarm, frightα. gener. 2 Cor 7:11; 1 Pt 1:17 (mng. fear of the coming judge, unless ἐν φ. here means reverently, as ESelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 143); Jd 23 (mng. the fear of defiling oneself); Dg 7:3. W. τρόμος (q.v.) 1 Cor 2:3; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Cl 12:5. Pl. fears, apprehensions, feelings of anxiety (as early as Thu. et al.; Diod S 16, 3, 1; 16, 42, 9 Ptolemy, Apotel. 2, 9, 5; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 16 §67; 3, 89 §368; SIG 326, 21 [307/306 B.C.]; Job 20:25; Wsd 18:17; Jos., Ant. 10, 24; 15, 44) ἔξωθεν μάχαι ἔσωθεν φόβοι 2 Cor 7:5. παράγειν φόβους ἀνθρωπίνους bring in fears of humans 2 Cl 10:3.—W. obj. gen. of pers. (Diod S 10, 19, 6 ὁ τῶν Περσῶν φόβος), or of thing (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 259; Ath. 1, 1 φόβῳ δίκης; Did., Gen. 171, 14) causing fear ὁ φόβος τῶν Ἰουδαίων the fear of the Judeans J 7:13; 19:38; 20:19. φόβος θανάτου fear of death (Epict. 2, 1, 14; 2, 18, 30 et al.; TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 24 [Stone p. 84]; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 111; Ath., R. 22 p. 75, 17; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 61, 37) Hb 2:15. τοῦ βασανισμοῦ Rv 18:10, 15. νόμου Dg 11:6.—ἀπὸ (τοῦ) φόβου (τινός) because of, out of fear (of someone) Mt 14:26; 28:4; Lk 21:26; Hm 11:14. Also διὰ τ. φόβον Ac 26:14 v.l. (Hyperid. 5, 5 διὰ τὸν φ.; Arrian, Anab. 5, 15, 6 διὰ τὸν φ.; Artem. 1, 1 p. 3, 23 διὰ φόβον; TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 24 [Stone p. 84]; Philo, Mos. 1, 164 διὰ φόβον τινός; Jos., Vi. 354 διὰ τὸν φόβον; Just., A II, 9, 1 διὰ φόβον). μετὰ φόβου with or in fear (Aeneas Tact. 1257; TestAbr A 16 p. 96, 22 [Stone p. 40]; GrBar 13:1) of the feeling that accompanies an action Mt 28:8; Dg 12:6; AcPl Ha 11, 12.—As subject (En 100:8): φόβος πίπτει ἐπί τινα fear comes upon someone Ac 19:17 v.l.; Rv 11:11 v.l. ἐπιπίπτει ἐπί τινα Lk 1:12; Ac 19:17; Rv 11:11. ἐστὶν ἐπί τινα Ac 2:43b v.l. γίνεται ἐπί τινα Lk 1:65; Ac 5:5, 11 or γίνεταί τινι Ac 2:43a. λαμβάνει τινά (Jos., Vi. 148) Lk 7:16; Hv 5:4. πλησθῆναι φόβου Lk 5:26. φόβῳ συνέχεσθαι 8:37; AcPl Ha 3, 33; 11, 16. φόβον ἔχειν 1 Ti 5:20; Hm 7:2c; 12, 4, 7a; Hs 1:10. φοβεῖσθαι φόβον (μέγαν) Mk 4:41; Lk 2:9; cp. τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηθῆτε do not fear what they fear (NRSV; sim. et al.) 1 Pt 3:14 (but s. 1 above); Hm 7:1 (φοβέω 1a).β. specif. of slavish fear (Diog. Cyn. in Diog. L. 6, 75 δούλου τὸ φοβεῖσθαι), which is not to characterize a Christian’s relation to God οὐκ ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα δουλείας εἰς φόβον you have not received a spirit of slavery, to cause you to fear Ro 8:15. Cp. 1J 4:18abc (opp. ἀγάπη; cp. κόλασις 2, end).ⓑ reverence, respectα. toward God (Polyaenus 1, 16, 1; LXX; PsSol 6:5 al.; EpArist 159 ὁ περὶ θεοῦ φόβος; 189; cp. φόβος τὰ θεῖα τοῖσι σώφροσιν βροτῶν TGF, Adesp. no. 356 p. 906) and Christ, w. τρόμος Phil 2:12 (s. τρόμος). W. ἀλήθεια 1 Cl 19:1; Pol 2:1. W. ἀγάπη 1 Cl 51:2. W. εὐλάβεια Pol 6:3. W. πίστις, εἰρήνη and other good things and virtues 1 Cl 64. W. ὑπομονή B 2:2. W. ἐλπὶς: εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν 11:11. W. πίστις and ἐγκράτεια Hm 6, 1, 1. W. objective gen. φόβος (τοῦ) θεοῦ (PLond 1914, 12 φόβον θεοῦ ἔχοντες ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ; Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 199; TestLevi 13:7; TestNapht 2:9; Theoph. Ant. 1, 7 [p. 72, 26]) Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2); 2 Cor 7:1 (ἀγάπη P46); 1 Cl 3:4; 21:6; cp. 8; B 4:11; 19:5; 20:2; Pol 4:2; Hm 10, 1, 6a; 12, 2, 4bc; D 4:9. φόβος (τοῦ) κυρίου (TestReub 4:1; TestSim 3:4) Ac 9:31; 1 Cl 22:1 (Ps 33:12); 57:5 (Pr 1:29); B 11:5 (Is 33:18 v.l.); Hm 7:4b; 8:9; 10, 1, 6b; 12, 2, 4a; 12, 3, 1. Some place here 2 Cor 5:11 (s. 1b above). φόβος Χριστοῦ Eph 5:21.—For 1 Pt 1:17 s. 2aα beg.β. toward humans, respect that is due officials (cp. Byzantinische Papyri [Munich], ed. AHeisenberg/LWenger, 1914, no. 2, ln. 13 p. 43: ἔχοντες τὸν φόβον … τῆς ὑμετέρας ἐνδόξου ὑπεροχῆς=having respect for your esteemed authority) Ro 13:7ab (CCranfield, NTS 6, ’60, 241–49: the ref. may be to God); fr. slave to master 1 Pt 2:18; Eph 6:5 (w. τρόμος); B 19:7=D 4:11 (w. αἰσχύνη); wife to husband 1 Pt 3:2 (cp. SEG XXXV, 1427, 5 [III A.D.]). Gener. 3:16 (w. πραΰτης).—WLütgert, Die Furcht Gottes: MKähler Festschr. 1905, SBerkelbach v.der Sprenkel, Vrees en Religie 1920, 165ff; RSander, Furcht u. Liebe im palästin. Judentum ’35.—B. 1153. DELG s.v. φέβομαι I. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
67 ἀλλά
ἀλλά A not combined with another particle.1 following a neg. sentence, clause; clarifying a previous denialοὐ χθόνα ταράσσοντες οὐδὲ πόντιον ὕδωρ ἀλλὰ ἄδακρυν νέμονται βίοτον O. 2.65
κόρος, οὐ δίκᾳ συναντόμενος, ἀλλὰ O. 2.96
οὐδἔλαθ' Αἴπυτον. ἀλλ ὁ μὲν Πυθῶνάδ ᾤχετ ἰὼν O. 6.37
ἐκέλευσεν μὴ παρφάμεν, ἀλλὰ Κρόνου σὺν παιδὶ νεῦσαι O. 7.67
οὐκ ἄτερ παίδων σέθεν, ἀλλἅμα O. 8.45
εὔχομαι μὴ θέμεν, ἀλλ O. 8.87
οὐδὲ γὰρ θεοὶ σεμνᾶν Χαρίτων ἄτερ κοιρανέοντι χοροὺς οὔτε δαῖτας· ἀλλὰ πάντων ταμίαι ἔργων ἐν οὐρανῷ O. 14.9
σὐ δύναται νήπιοι κόσμῳ φέρειν ἀλλ' ἀγαθοί P. 3.83
μή τινα λειμόμενονμένεινἀλλ P. 4.186
ὃς οὐ ἀφίκετοἀλλ P. 5.30
κατέκλασε γὰρ ἐντέων σθένος οὐδέν· ἀλλὰ κρέμαται P. 5.34
οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ, ἀλλὰ Μοῖρά τις ἄγεν P. 5.76
οὔθἐφίλησεν ὁδοὺς οὔτε δείπνων τέρψιας ἀλλ P. 9.20
τὸ δὲ μόρσιμον οὐ παρφυκτόν ἀλλ' ἔσται χρόνος οὗτος P. 12.30
οὐκ ἔραμαι πολὺν ἐν μεγάρῳ πλοῦτον κατακρύψαις ἔχειν, ἀλλ' ἐόντων εὖ τε παθεῖν N. 1.32
οὐ λαθὼνἭραν ἐγκατέβα, ἀλλὰ θεῶν βασίλεα N. 1.39
οὐκ ἀνδριαντοποιός εἰμ·ἀλλ' ἐπὶ πάσας ὁλκάδος, γλυκεἶ ἀοιδά, στεῖχ N. 5.2
εἴη μή ποτέ μοι τοιοῦτον ἦθος, Ζεῦ πάτερ, ἀλλὰ κελεύθοις ἁπλόαις ζοᾶς ἐφαπτοίμαν N. 8.35
οὐδὲ Κρονίων στείχειν ἐπώτρυν, ἀλλὰ φείσασθαι κελεύθου N. 9.
20.δένδρεά τοὐκ ἐθέλει πάσαις ἐτέων περόδοις ἄνθος εὐῶδες φέρειν πλούτῳ ἴσον, ἀλλ' ἐναμείβοντι N. 11.42
σαφὲς οὐχ ἕπεται τέκμαρ· ἀλλ' ἔμπαν μεγαλανορίαις ἐμβαίνομεν N. 11.44
οὐ γὰρ ἦν πενταέθλιον, ἀλλἐφἑκάστῳ ἔργματι κεῖτο τέλος I. 1.26
οὐδέ ποτε ὑπέστειλἱστίον. ἀλλἐπέρα I. 2.41
οὐ γὰρ φύσιν ὠαριωνείαν ἔλαχεν· ἀλλ' ὀνοτὸς μὲν ἰδέσθαι I. 4.50
σφετέρας δ' οὐ φείσατο χέρσιν βαρυφθόγγοιο νευρᾶς Ἡρακλέης· ἀλλ Αἰακίδαν καλέων ἐς πλόον (νῦν ἄρχεται τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους, ἀκριβῶς τὸ ὅλον προεκθείς. Σ.) I. 6.35τὸν μὲν οὐδὲ θανόντ' ἀοιδαὶ ἔλιπον, ἀλλά οἱ I. 8.57
οὕνεκεν οὔ σε παιηόνων ἄδορπον εὐνάξομεν ἀλλ' ἀοιδᾶν ῥόθια δεκομένα κατερεῖς Pae. 6.128
ἔριν οὐ παλίγλωσσον ἀλλὰ δίκας ὁδοὺς π[ις]τὰς ἐφίλη[ς.]ν Παρθ. 2.. οὐ κό]ρῳ ἀλλ ἀρετᾷ (e Σ supp. Lobel.) fr. 169. 15.2 without preceding negative; modifying a previous statementaἀλλ' αἶνον ἐπέβα κόρος O. 2.95
ἀλλ' οὐ καλὰ δένδρἐ ἔθαλλεν χῶρος O. 3.23
ἀλλά μιν οὐκ εἴασεν O. 7.61
οὐχ ὑπέμεινεν ὄλβον ἀλλά νιν ὕβρις εἰς ἀυᾴταν ὑπερᾴφανον ὦρσεν P. 2.28
ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ταῦτα νόον ἰαίνει φθονερῶν P. 2.89
ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ P. 3.38
ἀλλὰ κέρδει καὶ σοφίᾳ δέδεται P. 3.54
“οὐδ' ἀπιθησέ νιν, ἀλλ” P. 4.36οὐδὲ κομᾶν πλόκαμοι κερθέντες ᾤχοντ' ἀγλαοί ἀλλ ἅπαν νῶτον καταίθυσσον P. 8.83
ἀθρόαις πέντε δραπὼν νύκτεσσιν ἔν θ' ἁμέραις ἱερὸν εὐζοίας ἄωτον. ἀλλἐν ἕκτᾳ P. 4.132
“ἔσομαι τοῖος· ἀλλ' ἤδη P. 4.157
ἀλλἤδη τελευτὰν κεῖνος αὐταῖς ἡμιθέων πλόος ἄγαγεν P. 4.210
σκιᾶς ὄναρ ἄνθρωπος. ἀλλ' ὅταν αἴγλα διόσδοτος ἔλθῃ P. 8.96
ἀλλὰ χρονίῳ σὺν Ἄρει πέφνεν τε ματέρα P. 11.36
[ ἄτᾳ codd.: ἀλλ coni. Boeckh. P. 11.55]ἀλλἐπεὶ ἐκ τούτων φίλον ἄνδρα πόνων ἐρρύσατο P. 12.18
εὗρεν θεός· ἀλλά νιν εὑροῖσ' ἀνδράσι θνατοῖς ἔχειν, ὀνύμασεν κεφαλᾶν πολλᾶν νόμον P. 12.22
ἀλλά τι προσφέρομεν ἔμπαν ἢ μέγαν νόον ἤτοιφύσιν ἀθανάτοις N. 6.4
ἀλλὰ τὸ μόρσιμον ἀπέδωκεν N. 7.44
ἀλλὰ χαλκὸν μυρίον οὐ δυνατὸν ἐξελέγχειν N. 10.45
ἀλλ' οὔ νιν φλάσαν N. 10.68
ἀλλὰ βροτῶν τὸν μὲν κενεόφρονες αὖχαι ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἔβαλον N. 11.29
ἀλλ' ἐγὼ Ἡροδότῳ τεύχων τὸ μὲν ἅρματι τεθρίππῳ γέρας I. 1.14
ἐν ὕπνῳ γὰρ πέσεν·ἀλλ' ἀνεγειρομένα χρῶτα λάμπει I. 4.23
ἔτλαν δὲ πένθος οὐ φατόν· ἀλλὰ νῦν μοι Γαιάοχος εὐδίαν ὄπασσεν ἐκ χειμῶνος I. 7.37
ἀλλ' ἐμοὶ δεῖμα μὲν παροιχόμενον καρτερὰν ἔπαυσε μέριμναν I. 8.11
ἀλλ' οὔ σφιν ἄμβροτοι τέλεσαν εὐνὰν θεῶν πραπίδες I. 8.30
(Delos floated on the waves,) ἀλλἁ Κοιογένης ὁπότ' ἐπέβα νιν, δὴ τότε τέσσαρες ἀπώρουσαν κίονες fr. 33d. 3.ὄλβον ἐγκατέθηκαν. ἀλλὰ[ ]ἐπέπεσε μοῖρα Pae. 2.63
ἀλλ' οὔτε ματέῤ ἔπειτα κεδνὰν ἔιδεν οὔτε Pae. 6.105
ἀλλά μιν Κρόνου παῖδες ἔκρυψαν Pae. 8.72
σῶμα δ ἐστὶ θνατόν. ἀλλ ᾧτινι μὴ λιπότεκνος σφαλῇ πάμπαν οἶκος, ζώει Παρθ. 1. 16. (a description of those that do not love Theoxenos,) ἀλλἐγὼ τάκομαι fr. 123. 10.b where the qualification provides a climax, cf. 3. b. infra.ἐν μὲν Αἰτωλῶν θυσίαισι φαενναῖς Οἰνείδαι κρατεροί, ἐν δὲ Θήβαις, Περσεὺς δ' ἐν Ἄργει, Κάστορος δ αἰχμὰ Πολυδεύκεός τ ἐπ Εὐρώτα ῥεέθροις. ἀλλ ἐν Οἰνώνᾳ I. 5.34
c simply introducing a new attitudeἀλλ' ὥτε παῖς ἐξ ἀλόχου πατρὶ ποθεινὸς O. 10.86
ἀλλ' ὅτ Αἰήτας ἄροτρον σκίμψατο P. 4.224
ἀλλεὔχεται P. 4.293
3 introducing imperative, simm.a imperative proper.ἀλλὰ Δωρίαν ἀπὸ φόρμιγγα πασσάλου λάμβαν O. 1.17
ἀλλὦ Κρόνιε παῖ Ῥέας, εὔφρων ἄρουραν ἔτι πατρίαν σφίσιν κόμισον λοιπῷ γένει O. 2.12
ἀλλὰ Κρόνου παῖ, Οὐλυμπιονίκαν δέξαι Χαρίτων θ' ἕκατι τόνδε κῶμον (v. l. ἀλλὦ.) O. 4.6ὦ Φίντις, ἀλλὰ ζεῦξον ἤδη μοι σθένος ἡμιόνων O. 6.22
ἀλλ' ὦ Ζεῦ πάτερ, νώτοισιν Ἀταβυρίου μεδέων, τίμα μὲν ὕμνου τε-θμὸν O. 7.87
ἀλλ' ὦ Πίσας εὔδενδρον ἐπ Ἀλφεῷ ἄλσος, τόνδε κῶμον καὶ στεφαναφορίαν δέξαι O. 8.9
ἀλλὰ νῦν ἑκαταβόλων Μοισᾶν ἀπὸ τόξων Δία τε φοινικοστερόπαν σεμνόν τ' ἐπίνειμαι ἀκρωτήριον Ἄλιδος O. 9.5
ὦ Μοῖσ, ἀλλὰ σὺ καὶ θυγάτηρ Ἀλάθεια Διός, ὀρθᾷ χερὶ ἐρύκετον ψευδέων ἐνιπὰν O. 10.3
ἀλλ' ὅμως, κρέσσων γὰρ οἰκτιρμοῦ φθόνος, μὴ παρίει καλά P. 1.85
“ἀλλὰ καὶ σκᾶπτον μόναρχον καὶ θρόνος, τὰ μὲν ἄνευ ξυνᾶς ἀνίας λῦσον” P. 4.152ἀλλ' ἐπέων γλυκὺν ὕμνον πράσσετε N. 9.3
ἀλλ' ἀνὰ μὲν βρομίαν φόρμιγγ, ἀνὰ δ αὐλὸν ἐπ αὐτὰν ὄρσομεν ἱππίων ἀέθλων κορυφάν N. 9.8
ἀλλ' ὅμως εὔχορδον ἔγειρε λύραν N. 10.21
“ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν παύσατε· βροτέων δὲ λεχέων τυχοῖσα υἱὸν εἰσιδέτω θανόντ” I. 8.35b where the imperative denotes a climax. cf. 2b supra ἀπὸ Ταυγέτοιο μὲν Σκυρίαι δὲ. ὅπλα δ' ἀπ Ἄργεος, ἅρμα Θηβαῖον, ἀλλ ἀπὸ τᾶς ἀγλαοκάρπου Σικελίας ματεύειν ( ἀλλά om. codd. Athenaei.) fr. 106. 6.c where the following sentence has imperative force “ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν κεφάλαια λόγων ἴστε. λευκίππων δὲ δόμους πατέρων φράσσατέ μοι σαφέως.” P. 4.116 cf. I. 8.35d introducing a wish, prayer ἀλλὰ σὺν δόξᾳ τέλος δωδεκάμηνον περᾶσαί νιν ἀτρώτῳ κραδίᾳ (Dissen: περάσαι σὺν codd.) N. 11.9ἐλαύνεις τι νεώτερον ἢ πάρος; ἀλλά σε πρὸς Διός, ἱπποσόα θοάς, ἱκετεύω, ἀπήμονα εἰς ὄλβον τινὰ τράποιο Pae. 9.7
4 in various minor uses.a introducing statement of intent by poetἀλλἐμὲ χρὴ μναμοσύναν ἀνεγείροντα φράσαι O. 8.74
, cf. P. 4.141 ἀλλὰ πάνδοξον Αἰολάδα σταθυὸν υἱοῦ τε Παγώνδα ὑμνήσω Παρθ. 2. 6.b introducing oracular utterance “ ἀλλὰ μιν ποταμῷ σχεδὸν μολόντα φύρσει” (elocutionem oraculi propriam agnovit Blass.) Pae. 2.73c following a rhetorical question “ τά κέ τις ἀνώνυμον γῆρας ἐν σκότῳ καθήμενος ἕψοι μάταν —; ἀλλ' ἐμοὶ μὲν οὗτος ἄεθλος ὑποκείσεται” O. 1.84τί κομπέω παρὰ καιρόν; ἀλλά με Πυθώ τε καὶ τὸ Πελινναῖον ἀπύει P. 10.4
B compounded with other particles.1 ἀλλὰ γάρ, ἀλλὰ γάρ.a where both particles preserve their original force: yet since ἀλλὰ παρθένοι γὰρ τοῦτον ἔσχετε τεθμόν, κλῦτε νῦν Πα. 6. 53, cf. O. 4.1ff., Wil. on Eur., Her. 138.b emphasising a main point in contrast to preceding: yetεἰ δὲ δή τινἄνδρα θνατὸν Ὀλύμπου σκοποὶ ἐτίμασαν, ἦν Τάνταλος οὗτος· ἀλλὰ γὰρ καταπέψαι μέγαν ὄλβον οὐκ ἐδυνάσθη O. 1.55
οὔτ' ἰδεῖν εὔχοντο πεμπταῖον γεγενημένον. ἀλλ ἐν κέκρυπτο γὰρ σχοίνῳ O. 6.53
“ ἀλλὰ γὰρ νόστου πρόφασις γλυκεροῦ κώλυεν μεῖναι” P. 4.32χαλκέῳ τ' Ἄρει ἅδον. ἀλλἁμέρᾳ γὰρ ἐν μιᾷ τραχεῖα νιφὰς πολέμοιο τεσσάρων ἀνδρῶν ἐρήμωσεν μάκαιραν ἑστίαν I. 4.16
(an enumeration of the glories of Thebes,) ἀλλὰ παλαιὰ γὰρ εὕδει χάρις (v. Schadew. 268̆{5}) I. 7.16c emphasising a maxim, breaking off narrative.ἀλλὰ κοινὸν γὰρ ἔρχεται κῦμ' Ἀίδα N. 7.30
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀνάπαυσις ἐν παντὶ γλυκεῖα ἔργῳ N. 7.52
d frag. ἀ]λλὰ γὰρ τ[ fr. 60a. 11.2 ἀλλά τοι, ἀλλὰ τοι: emphatic, yetἀλλά τοι ἤρατο τῶν ἀπεόντων P. 3.19
“ ἀλλ' ἄγε τῶνδέ τοι ἔμπαν αἵρεσιν παρδίδωμ” N. 10.82ἀλλ' Ὅμηρός τοι τετίμακεν δἰἀνθρώπων I. 4.37
3 ἀλλὰ μέν: opposing what precedes.ἀλλ' ἐπεύξασθαι μὲν ἐγὼν ἐθέλω Ματρὶ P. 3.77
4 ἀλλ' ἦ. ἀλλ ἦ μακ[ρ]ότερον fr. 6a. e.5ἀλλὰ γε. ἀλλ' ὅ γε Μέλαμπος οὐκ ἤθελεν Pae. 4.28
Ca frag. ἀλλ' οἶος ἄπλατον κεράιζε fr. 93 ἀλλὰ θαυμάζω fr. 122. 13. -
68 εὔνοια
εὔνοιᾰ, ἡ, lon. [full] εὐνοίη ( εὔνοιαν is f.l. in Hdt.3.36), poet. [full] εὐνοΐη IG14.815: ([etym.] εὔνους):—A goodwill, favour (dist. fr. φιλία, Arist.EN 1155b33, 1166b30),κατὰ εὐνοίην Hdt.6.108
;δι' εὐνοίας Th.2.40
;δι' εὔνοιαν Pl.Prt. 337b
; εὐνοίας ἕνεκα Docum. ap. D.18.54, etc.;εὐνοίας ἕνεκα τῆς εἰς τὸν δῆμον IG22.212.32
, etc.; κατ' εὔνοιαν κρίνειν partially, Antipho 3.4.1;κατ' εὔνοιαν φρενῶν A.Supp. 940
;μετ' εὐνοίας And.1.9
, Pl.Phdr. 241c, D.18.276, Ep.Eph.6.7;ὑπ' εὐνοίας D.2.9
;εὐνοίῃ τι ποιῆσαι Hdt.7.239
;εὐνοίᾳ λέγειν S.Ph. 1322
; ; εὐνοίᾳ τῇ σῇ for the love of you, Pl.Grg. 486a: with objective gen., ἐπ' εὐνοίᾳ χθονός for love of fatherland, A.Th. 1012;εὐνοίᾳ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ Pl.Grg. 485a
; ἕνεκα τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὐνοίας goodwill towards them, X.An.4.7.20; [εὔνοιαν] ἔχειν εἴς τινα Docum. ap. D.18.54; ;πρὸς τὸν δῆμον IPE12.32.7
([place name] Olbia), etc.;εὔ. παρὰ τῶν θεῶν D.2.1
;εὔνοιαν ἔκ τινων κτᾶσθαι X.Cyr.8.2.22
; εὔνοιαν παρασχεῖν to show favour, S.Tr. 708;ἔργῳ δεικνύναι Antipho 5.76
; εὔνοιαν ἔχειν to wish heartily that.., Th.2.11;ὡς ἑκατέρων τις εὐνοίας.. ἔχοι Id.1.22
;ἡ εὔ. παρὰ πολὺ ἐποίει τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἐς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους Id.2.8
: in pl., impulses of kindness, favours, ;Ἀρτέμιδος εὐνοίαισι Id.Th. 450
;ταῖς εὐ. μεθ' ὑμῶν ἦσαν Isoc.14.15
; but, acts of kindness, favours, D.S.15.9.II gift or present in token of goodwill, D.19.282: pl., benevolences, Id.8.25. [ εὔνοια as dactyl, Arch.Pap.1.220 (twice, ii B.C.).] -
69 συμβαίνω
A- βήσομαι Hdt.2.3
, etc.: [tense] pf. - βέβηκα, [ per.] 3pl. , [dialect] Ion. inf.- βεβάναι Hdt.3.146
: [tense] pf. inf. [voice] Pass.- βεβάσθαι Th. 8.98
: [tense] aor. 2 συνέβην (v. infr.): [tense] aor. 1 subj. [voice] Pass.ξυμβᾰθῇ Id.4.30
:— stand with the feet together, Hp.Off.3;διαβαίνοντες μᾶλλον ἢ συμβεβηκότες X.Eq.1.14
;συμβεβηκὼς τὼ πόδε Poll.3.91
; συμβᾶσα τὼ πόδε, opp. περιβάδην, Ach.Tat.1.1; Παλλάδιον τοῖς ποσὶ συμβεβηκός a statue with closed feet, as in early Greek art, Apollod.3.12.3.2 σ. κακοῖς to be joined to them, i.e. increase them, E.Hel.37.3 meet,σὺν δ' ἔβη ἐν Φιλότητι Emp.21.8
;τὸν συμβαίνοντά σοι Eup.136
(dub.);σ. αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς X.HG1.2.17
; ξυμβέβηκε δ' οὐδαμοῦ has never come in my way, has had naught to do with me, E.Hel. 1007.II most freq. metaph., come to an agreement, come to terms, E.Ph.71, etc.; ἐπ' ἐλάττονι ς. agree on (i.e. to accept) less, POxy. 237 viii 11 (ii A.D.): c. dat., Th.3.52, 4.128, etc.; πρὸς ἀλλήλους ib.61, etc.: with neut. Adj.,ἐὰν ξυμβῶ τί σοι Ar.Ra. 175
;ἤν τι ξυμβαίνωσι Th.2.5
; ξ. τὰ πλείω, οὐδέν, Id.4.117, 5.36;τἆλλα τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις Id.8.98
: c. inf.,συνέβησαν ἐς τὠυτὸ.., τὸν δὲ βασιλεύειν Hdt.1.13
;ξ. ὑπήκοοι εἶναι Th.1.117
; ξ. ἤν τις ἁλίσκηται,.. δοῦλον εἶναι ib. 103;ξ. τοῖς Πλαταιεῦσι παραδοῦναι σφᾶς αὐτούς Id.2.4
;ξ. πρὸς Νικίαν.. ἐπιτρέψαι Id.4.54
; alsoσυνέβησαν.. ὥστε τριηκοσίους μαχέσασθαι Hdt.1.82
; σ. εἰς τὸ μέσον agree to a compromise, Pl.Prt. 337e; λόγοις ς., of a verbal agreement, E.Med. 737, Andr. 233: generally, make friends with, ἐκ πολέμου ξ. Ar.V. 867;ἀπὸ τοῦ ἴσου Th.4.19
;ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις E.Ph. 590
(troch.): in [tense] pf. συμβεβάναι and [voice] Pass., of the agreement, δοκέοντες πάντα συμβεβάναι that everything had been settled, or that they had settled everything, Hdt.3.146;ἐπὶ τούτοις ξυμβεβάσθαι Th.8.98
; .2 agree with, be on good terms with,οὐ.. Ἀθηναίοισι συνέβαιν' Αἰσχύλος Ar.Ra. 807
; σ. ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν στάσεων hold with one and other of them, D.H.2.62.3 of things, tally, correspond with,ὁ χρόνος ἐδόκεε τῇ ἡλικίῃ συμβαίνειν Hdt.1.116
;ἐθέλων εἰδέναι εἰ [οἱ ἐκείνων λόγοι] συμβήσονται τοῖσι λόγοισι τοῖσι ἐν Μέμφι Id.2.3
;ξυμβαίνει ταῦτα τοῖς πρὸ τοῦ Lys.8.9
;εἰς ταὐτὸ σ. τοῖς ἐμοῖς στίβοις A.Ch. 210
: abs., ὅπως ἂν ἀρτίκολλα συμβαίνῃ τάδε ib. 580; χρησμοί τε συμβαίνουσι are in harmony therewith, Ar.Eq. 220, cf. S. Tr. 1164; αὐτὸ σ. εἰς ταύτην εἶναι πέμπτην five days later exactly tallies, D.19.60; τοῦτο σ. οὐ πλέον ἢ εἰς δώδεκα comes to no more than 12, X.HG6.4.12;αἱ πεντακόσιαι μάλιστά πως συνέβαινον δραχμαί Aristid.Or.50(26).94
; τὸ φαρμακεύεσθαι τῷ καθαίρεσθαι εἰς ταὐτὸν ς. comes to the same thing as.., Gal.15.901; of ashlar-work, fit or range exactly, M.Ant.5.8.4 fall to one's lot, c. dat. pers.,μοι σ. ἆται E.IT 148
(lyr.), etc.;ἡδοναί τινι Isoc.15.222
;τριηραρχία μοι D. 47.49
;ἀτυχία Id.57.65
;εὐεργεσιῶν συμβαίνειν καιρόν Id.20.121
.III of events, come to pass, fall out, happen,συμβαίνει δ' οὐ τὰ μέν, τὰ δ' οὔ A.Pers. 802
; τῶνδε ναμέρτεια ς. S.Tr. 173;ἐὰν μὴ θεία τις σ. τύχη Pl.R. 592a
;αἱ ἀεὶ συμβαίνουσαι τύχαι Id.Criti. 120e
; εἰ καιρὸς ς. X.Eq.Mag.2.5;χρηστόν τι σ. παρὰ θεῶν D.1.11
;τοὐναντίον συμβαίνειν πέφυκε Gal.15.460
: c. dat., ib.67, 16.724: also euphem., ἄν τι ξυμβῇ if anything happen (i.e. any evil), D.21.112, cf. Riv.Fil.60.59 (ii B.C.): generally, occur, be found, exist,ἐν τῇ ἀρχαίᾳ ἡμετέρᾳ φωνῇ σ. τὸ ὄνομα Pl.Cra. 398b
, cf. A.D.Pron.29.15: but,b mostly impers., sts. c. dat. et inf.,αὐτῷ Ὀλυμπιάδα ἀνελέσθαι συνέβη Hdt.6.103
, cf. 3.50, Th.1.1;συμβαίνει τῷ πλοίῳ ἀργεῖν PCair.Zen.650.2
(iii B.C.), cf. PMich.Zen.21.3, al. (iii B.C.): sts. c. acc. et inf.,συνέβη Γέλωνα νικᾶν Hdt.7.166
, cf. Th.8.25;συμβαίνει διὰ παντὸς ἡμᾶς περιφόβους εἶναι PCair.Zen.160.6
, cf. 132.5 (iii B.C.), PEnteux.6.2, al. (iii B.C.), Gal.15.476;σ. τῷ οἰκοδόμῳ μουσικῷ εἶναι Arist.Metaph. 1017a11
; folld. by ὥστε, S.Tr. 1152, Th.4.79, Arist.Pol. 1261a34: c. part., σ. ὄν, γιγνόμενον, λεγόμενον, Pl. Sph. 244d, Phlb. 42d, Cra. 412a.c τὸ συμβεβηκός chance event, contingency, Id.Prm. 128c;τὰ συμβαίνοντα X.Cyr.1.6.43
;τὰ συμβάντα Id.An.3.1.13
;ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβαίνοντος ὁ τόπος εἴληφε τὴν προσηγορίαν Plb.10.28.7
: hence κατὰ συμβεβηκός by accident, contingently (v. infr. iv. 1); τοῦ συμβαίνοντός ἐστι it depends upon accident, easily happens, Is.4.13.2 joined with Adverbs or Adiectives, turn out in a certain way,ὀρθῶς σφι ἡ φήμη συνέβαινε ἐλθοῦσα Hdt. 9.101
; κακῶς, καλῶς συμβῆναι, X.Mem.1.2.63, Cyr.5.4.14, E.IT 1055;τὰ μητρὸς.. ἔχθιστα συμβέβηκεν S.El. 262
; ταῦτα.. λαμπρὰ ς. Id.Tr. 1174;ξυμβεβᾶσιν οἱ λόγοι.. ἀληθεῖς E.Hel. 622
;ἄπιστ' ἀληθῆ πολλὰ σ. βροτοῖς Id.Fr. 396
;σ. μέγιστον κακὸν ἡ ἀδικία Pl.Grg. 479c
, cf. Alc. 1.130c, Cra.398e;δοκεῖ τὸ μαντεῖον τοὐναντίον ξυμβῆναι ἢ.. Th.2.17
;τοιούτου τούτου συμβάντος Id.1.74
; συμβαίνει καὶ σοὶ (sc. ἄριστον) Pl. Lg. 903d: abs., turn out well,ἢν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα Th.3.3
;εἴ μοι σ. τοῦτο Pl.Lg. 744a
.3 of consequences, come out, result, follow, ; ; τὰ συμβάντα, opp. ἡ προαίρεσις, D.18.192;δηλοῦται ἐκ τοῦ συμβάντος Gal.16.583
;ἐὰν μὴ ὅτι τάχος ἀποσταλῇ τὰ ὑποζύγια, συμβήσεται τὰ μελίσσεια ἀπολέσθαι PCair.Zen. 467.8
, cf. 481.2, al. (iii B.C.).b of logical conclusions, result, follow, freq. in Pl. and Arist., Pl.Grg. 459b, etc.;σ. ἐκ τῶν κειμένων Arist.Top. 156b38
, al., cf. D.25.73: impers., it follows, c. inf., Pl.Tht. 170c, Phd. 74a, Arist.EN 1152b25, al.; alsoσ. μήτε κουφότητ' ἔχειν μήτε βάρος, ἔπειθ' ὅτι ἀδύνατον κινηθῆναι Arist.Cael. 270a5
: also pers., συμβαίνει εἶναι or γίγνεσθαι turns out to be, i.e. consequently or inevitably is or happens, κάθαρσις εἶναι τοῦτο ς. Pl.Phd. 67c, cf. 80b, Cra. 396a, Phlb. 55a, 64e, Prm. 134b, R. 438e;ὅσα συμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι κακὰ καὶ ὅσα συμβήσεται Id.Plt. 301e
: hence συμβεβηκός (v. infr. iv. 2).IV in Philos., τὸ συμβεβηκός has two senses:1 a contingent attribute or ' accident' (in the modern sense), Arist. APo. 73b4, Top. 102b4, al.; κατὰ συμβεβηκός ' accidentally', opp. καθ' αὑτό, Id.Ph. 192b22, cf. Metaph. 1052a18, Thphr.Sens.22; opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 71b10, al.; opp. φύσει, Id.de An. 406a14; opp. κυρίως, πρώτως, Gal.15.629, cf. 16.575, al.; opp. ἄντικρυς, Id.18(2).180.2 an attribute necessarily resulting from the notion of a thing, but not entering into the definition thereof,οἷον τῷ τριγώνῳ τὸ δύο ὀρθὰς ἔχειν Arist.Metaph. 1025a31
; distd. by the addition of καθ' αὑτό, Id.APo. 83b19, al.; in Epicurus, essential attribute, property, opp. σύμπτωμα 'accident', τὰ τούτων συμπτώματα ἢ ς. Ep.1p.6U., cf. Nat.4 G., al.;σ. ἀνθρώπου τὸ θνητὸν εἶναι Phld.Sign.3
, al.; in the Stoics, consequence, opp. αἴτιον, Zeno Stoic.1.25.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συμβαίνω
-
70 ὄνομα
ὄνομα, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. [full] ὄνῠμα IG12(2).68.8 (Lesb.), GDI4992a iii 7 ([place name] Crete), SIG1122.8 ([place name] Selinus), Berl.Sitzb.1927.167 ([place name] Cyrene) ; [dialect] Lacon. *[full] ἔνυμα prob. in pr. nn.AἘνυμακρατίδας IG5(1).213.45
, Ἐνυμαντιάδας ib.97.20, 280.2 ; poet. also (metri gr.) [full] οὔνομα (v.infr.), which appears regularly in codd. of Hdt. (along with ὀνομάζω, as 2.50, 4.35, al.), and sts. in other [dialect] Ion. prose authors (v.l. in Hp.Prog.25, etc.), but is prob. not Ionic ; [dialect] Ion. Inscrr. have only ὄνομα, IG7.235.39 ([place name] Oropus), etc.: Hom. hasοὔνομα Od.6.194
, 9.355, Il.3.235,οὐνόματ' (α) 17.260
,ὄνομα Od.9.16
, 364, 366, 19.183,ὄνομ' (α) 4.710
et saep.:— name of a person or thing, in Hom. always of a person, exc.ἐρέω δέ τοι οὔνομα λαῶν Od.6.194
and in Od.13.248 (v. infr. II) ;Οὖτις ἐμοί γ' ὄ. 9.366
, cf. 18.5,19.183, 247; , cf. 19.409, Hes. Th. 144 : in Prose ὄνομα is used abs., by name,πόλις ὄ. Καιναί X.An. 2.4.28
, etc.: also dat., πόλις Θάψακος ὀνόματι ib.1.4.11 (v. l.) ; by name,Pl.
Ap. 21c ;ἐπ' ὀνόματος δηλοῦσθαι Plb.18.45.4
, etc. ; κατ' ὄνομα by name, Strato Com.1.14, Epigr.Gr.983.4 ([place name] Philae) ; ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους κατ' ὄ. each by his name, 3 Ep.Jo.14.2 ὄ. τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τινί give one a name, Od.19.403, 406, 8.554, A.Fr. 6, Ar.Av. 810 :—[voice] Pass., ὄ. κεῖταί τινι ib. 1291 ; ὄ. ἐστι or κεῖται ἐπί τινι, X.Mem.3.14.2, Cyr.2.2.12 ; so ὄ. φέρειν or ἐπιφέρειν ἐπί τι, Arist. EN 1119a33, HA 572a11.3 ὄνομα καλεῖν τινα call one by name,εἴπ' ὄνομ', ὅττι σε κεῖθι κάλεον Od. 8.550
;καλοῦσί με τοῦτο τὸ ὄ. X. Oec.7.3
, cf. E. Ion 259, 800, Pl.Cra. 393e, etc.:—so in [voice] Pass.,ὄ. δ' ὠνομάζετο Ἕλενος S.Ph. 605
, cf. El. 694 ;ὄ. δημοκρατία κέκληται Th.2.37
;τὸ ἐναντίον ὄ. ἀφροσύνη μετωνόμασται Id.1.122
;ὄ. ἓν κεκλημένους Σικελιώτας Id.4.64
;λεγόμενοι τοὔνομα γεωργικοί Pl.Lg. 842e
; but also ; reversely, ὄνομα καλεῖν τινι give a name to, Pl.Plt. 279e, Cra. 385d ;ὄ. καλεῖν ἐπί τινι Id.Prm. 147d
;τύμβῳ δ' ὄ. σῷ κεκλήσεται.. Κυνὸς σῆμα E.Hec. 1271
;τοὔνομα προσηγορεύθη Anaxil.21.3
.II name, fame,Ἰθάκης γε καὶ ἐς Τροίην ὄνομ' ἵκει Od.13.248
;οὐδὲ θανὼν ὄνομ' ὤλεσας 24.93
; ὄ. ἔχειν or σχεῖν ἀπό τινος, Hdt.1.71, Pl.Hp.Ma. 282a ;τὸ μεγα ὄ. τῶν Ἀθηνῶν Th.7.64
;τῷ μέλλοντι χρόνῳ καταλιπεῖν ὄ. ὡς.. Id.5.16
;τοὔνομά τινος μεῖζον ἀφικνεῖται εἰς τὴν πόλιν X.An.6.1.20
;ὧν ὀνόματα μεγάλα λέγεται ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ Pl.Hp.Ma. 281c
;ὄ. μέγιστον ἔχειν Th.2.64
; ἐν ὀνόματι εἶναι to have a name, to be notable, Str.9.1.23 ;οἱ ἐν πράγμασιν ἐπ' ὀνόματος γεγονότες Plb.15.35.1
; notably,Ath.
6.240c ; τῶν δι' ὀνόματος παρασίτων ib. 241a.III a name and nothing else, opp. the real person or thing, ;βοᾶς δ' ἔτι μηδ' ὄνομ' εἴη Theoc. 16.97
; opp. ἔργον, E.Or. 454, Hipp. 502 ;περὶ ὄ. μάχεσθαι Lys.33.3
;ἐκ τῶν ὀ. μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν πραγμάτων σκέψασθαι D.9.15
; ὀνόματι διαφέρεσθαι dispute about a word, Pl.Euthd. 285a, Lg. 644a.2 false name, pretence, pretext, ὀνόματι ἐννόμῳ ξυμμαχίας under the pretence.., Th.4.60 ;μετ' ὀνομάτων καλῶν Id.5.89
;χώρα καλῶν ὀ. καὶ προσχημάτων μεστή Pl.R. 495c
, cf. Plb.11.5.4.IV in periphr. phrases, ὄ. τῆς σωτηρίας, = σωτηρία, E.IT 905, cf. ὄνομ' ὁμιλίας ἐμῆς (v. l. for ὄμμ') Id.Or. 1082 : with the names of persons, periphr. for the person,ὦ φίλτατον ὄ. Πολυνείκους Id.Ph. 1702
.2 of persons,ὄχλος ὀνομάτων Act.Ap.1.15
; ἕτερα ὀ. ἀντ' αὐτοῦ.. πέμψαι Wilcken Chr.28.19 (ii A. D.) ; in Accountancy, both of persons and things (cf. Lat. nomen), Hyp.Ath.6, 10 (both pl.), Jahresh.26 Beibl.13 (Ephes., ii A. D., pl.) ; βαρέσαι τὸ ἐμὸν ὄ. charge my account, POxy.126.8 (vi A. D.) ; τὸν τόκον τὸν ὀνόματί μου παραγραφέντα ib.513.22 (ii A. D.) ; in registers of titledeeds, etc., οἰκίας οὐ κειμένης ἐν ὀνόματι τῆς ἀποδομένης not booked under the name of the seller, PLips. 3 ii 25 (iii A. D.) ; ὀνόματι ἰδιωτικῆς under the head of private land, PCair.Preis.47.10 (iv A. D.);δικαιώματα.. ἑκάστῳ ὀνόματι παράκειται BGU113.11
(ii A. D.); in tax-receipts, ἔσχον ὀνόματος Σομτοῦς on account of S., Ostr.Bodl. ii 39 (ii A. D.), cf. PFay.85.7 (iii A. D.), etc.V phrase, expression, esp. of technical terms,ὀ. τὰ ἐν τῇ ναυτικῇ X.Ath.1.19
: generally, D.19.187.VI Gramm., word, opp. ῥῆμα (expression), Pl.Cra. 399b, cf. Ap. 17c, Smp. 198b, 199b, 221e, Isoc.9.9, 11, Arist.Rh. 1404b5, Aeschin.3.72, A.D.Synt.12.25, al., Demetr.Eloc.23, al. ; τὸ ἰλλαίνειν ὄ. the word ἰλλαίνειν, Gal.17(1).679.2 noun, opp. ῥῆμα (verb, predicate), Pl.Tht. 168b, Sph. 262a, 262b, cf. Arist.Po. 1457a10, Int. 16a19, al.; as one of five parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.45 ; ὄ. κύριον a proper name, opp. προσηγορικόν, D.T.636.16, A.D.Pron.26.12, al. (so ὄ. alone, Ar.Nu. 681 sqq., Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213) ; also of adjectives, S.E.M.1.222. (Cf. Goth. namo, gen. namins, Lat. nōmen, Skt. nāma.) -
71 ὅπως
ὅπως, [dialect] Ep. also and [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὅππως, [dialect] Ion. [full] ὅκως, [dialect] Dor. [full] ὁπῶς acc. to A.D.Adv.173.11: correlat. to ὡς and πῶς.A ADV. OF MANNER, Relat. as, in such manner as, and with interrog. force how, in what manner, rarely indef., v. infr. A. V.B FINAL CONJUNCTION, in such a manner that, in order that.A ADV. OF MANNER, how, as:1 with the ordinary Constr. of the Relat.:a with ind.,ἦ τοι νόστον, ὅπως φρεσὶ σῇσι μενοινᾷς, ὥς τοι Ζεὺς τελέσειεν Od.15.111
;οὕτως ὅ... S.Tr. 330
;ὧδ' ὅ. Id.El. 1301
;οὕτως ὅ. δύνανται Th.7.67
: sts. an analogous word replaces the antec. Adv., με τοῖον ἔθηκεν, ὅπως (for οἷον)ἐθέλει Od.16.208
: freq. without any antec. expressed, ἔλθοι ὅ... ἐθέλω (sc. αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν) 14.172 ;ἔρξον ὅ. ἐθέλεις Il.4.37
, Od.13.145 ;χρῶ ὅ. βούλει X.Cyr.8.3.46
; ποίει ὅ. ἄριστόν σοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ib.4.5.50 ; ὅ. ἔχω as I am, on the spot, S. Ph. 819.b with [tense] fut. ind., esp. after Verbs of seeing, providing, taking care.., in the manner in which, how, that,οἱ Περσικοὶ νόμοι ἐπιμέλονται ὅπως μὴ τοιοῦτοι ἔσονται οἱ πολῖται X.Cyr.1.2.3
; ; .ά, cf. Pl.Ap. 29e ; ;τοῦτο μηχανᾶσθαι ὅπως ἀποφεύξεται πᾶν ποιῶν θάνατον Pl.Ap. 39a
;τούτου στοχαζόμενοι, ὅπως.. ἔσονται Id.Grg. 502e
(cf. infr.111.1 b, etc.): this [tense] fut. ind. may become opt. after a historical tense,ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅπως μήτε ἄσιτοι μήτε ἄποτοί ποτε ἔσοιντο X.Cyr.8.1.43
, cf. HG7.5.3, Cyr.8.1.10, Oec.7.5, Ages.2.8 ; and ὅπως is freq. used interchangeably with such forms as δι' ὧν, ὅτῳ τρόπῳ, etc.,εἰσηγοῦνται μὴ δι' ὧν.. ἀσκήσουσιν, ἀλλ' ὅπως.. δόξουσι Isoc.1.4
, cf. Th.6.11: this sense easily passes into a final sense, so that,τοῦτο ἀπόβαλε οὕτω ὅκως μηκέτι ἥξει Hdt.3.40
; οὕτω δ' (sc. ποίει) , cf. Ar.Ra. 905, X.Cyr.4.5.25, HG 2.4.17 ; v. infr. B.2 with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε ) and subj. in indefinite sentences, in whatever way, just as, however,ὅππως κεν ἐθέλῃσιν Il.20.243
(but ὅπως ἐθέλῃσιν (without κε) Od.1.349, 6.189) ;οὕτως ὅκως ἂν καὶ δυνώμεθα Hdt.8.143
;οὕτως ὅπως ἂν αὐτοὶ βούλωνται X.Cyr.1.1.2
, cf. IG22.1.13 (v B. C.), Pl.Phd. 116a, Smp. 174b, etc.b with opt. after historical tenses,οὕτως ὅ. τύχοιεν Th.8.95
;ὅ. βούλοιντο X.HG 2.3.13
; in a gnomic statement,εἰκῇ κράτιστον ζῆν ὅ. δύναιτό τις S. OT 979
: when ἄν appears with the opt., it belongs to the Verb and not to ὅπως, ὅ. ἄν τις ὀνομάσαι τοῦτο however one might think fit to call it, D.13.4.3 a very common phrase is οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. ( οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως ) there is no way in which.., it cannot be that,οὐκ ἔστι ὅκως κοτὲ σοὺς δέξονται λόγους Hdt.7.102
, cf. Ar.Pl.18, D.18.208, al.; so οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. οὐ, fieri non potest quin,οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. οὐ πιστὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν πτερὸν ἐξήγαγ' S.OC97
, cf. Ar.Ach. 116, Eq. 426, Th. 882, Pl.Ap. 27e ; οὐδαμῶς ὅ. οὐ, in answer, it must positively be so, Id.Tht. 160d ; so alsoοὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦθ' ὅ... οὐ φανῶ S.OT 1058
; οὐ γὰρ γένοιτ' ἄν, ταῦθ' ὅ. οὐχ ὧδ' ἔχειν (anacoluth. for ἔχει or ἕξει) Id.Aj. 378 : so in questions, ἔσθ' ὅ... ἔλθωμεν; Ar.V. 471 (v.l. -οιμεν) ; ἔστιν οὖν ὅ. ὁ τοιοῦτος φιλοσοφήσει; Pl.R. 495a, cf. Phdr. 262b, Tht. 154c : so, besides ind. of all tenses, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. may be folld. by opt. withἄν, οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως μί' ἡμέρα γένοιτ' ἂν ἡμέραι δύο Ar.Nu. 1181
, cf. V. 212, Isoc.12.156, Pl.La. 184c: by ind. withἄν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἂν.. κατέστησαν Isoc. 15.206
, cf. D.33.28 : ἄν is omitted inοὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως λέξαιμι A.Ag. 620
, cf. E.Alc.52, Ar.V. 471 (v.l. ἔλθωμεν).4 in Trag., etc., like ὡς in comparisons, ;γῄτης ὅπως S.Tr.32
, cf. 442, 683 ;ὅπως δρῦν ὑλοτόμοι σχίζουσι κάρα Id.El.98
(anap.) ; ὅπως ἁ πάνδυρτος ἀηδών ib. 1076 (lyr.), cf. Ph. 777, E.Andr. 1140 ;ὅκως τις καλλίης κάτω κύπτων Herod.3.41
; so in [dialect] Locr. Prose,ὅπω (ς) ξένον IG9(1).334.2
(V B.C.).5 like ὡς or ὅτι, with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,ὅ. ἄριστα A.Ag. 600
, IG12.44.8, etc.; ὅ. ἀνωτάτω as high up as possible, Ar. Pax 207 ; in full, οὕτως ὅ. ἥδιστα (sc. ἔχει) S.Tr. 330.6 with a gen. added, σοῦσθε ὅ. ποδῶν run as you are off for feet, i. e. as quick as you can, A.Supp. 837 (lyr., where however < ἔχετε> shd. prob. be added); v. infr. 111.10, ἔχω (A) B. 11.2b.7 sts. of Time, when,Τρῶες.. ὅπως ἴδον αἷμ' Ὀδυσῆος.., ἐπ' αὐτῷ πάντες ἔβησαν Il.11.459
, cf. 12.208, Od.3.373: freq. in Hdt. with opt., whenever, , cf. 68, 100, 162, 186, 2.13, 174, al.: in Trag. and Com., A.Pers. 198, S.El. 749, Tr. 765, Ar.Nu. 60 : with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,ὅ. πρῶτα
as soon as,Hes.
Th. 156 ;ὅ. ὤκιστα Thgn.427
;ὅ. τάχιστα A.Pr. 230
.8 of Place, where, dub. in Herod.3.75.II ὅπως is sts. used to introduce the substance of a statement, after Verbs of saying, thinking, or perceiving, that, how,λόγῳ ἀνάπεισον ὅκως.. Hdt.1.37
;οὐδὲ φήσω ὅκως.. Id.2.49
, cf. 3.115, 116 ;τοῦτ' αὐτὸ μή μοι φράζ', ὅπως οὐκ εἶ κακός S.OT 548
, cf. Ant. 223, Pl.Euthd. 296e ; after ἐλπίζειν, S.El. 963, E.Heracl. 1051 ; after Verbs of emotion, ἐμοὶ δ' ἄχος.., ὅπως δὴ δηρὸν ἀποίχεται grief is mine, when I think how.. (i. e. that..), Od.4.109, cf. S.Ph. 169 (lyr.); after θαυμάζω freq. in [dialect] Att.,θαυμάζω ὅ. ποτὲ ἐπείσθησαν Ἀθηναῖοι X.Mem.1.1.20
, cf. Pl.Cri. 43a.2 οὐχ ὅ... ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ.. is not only not.. but.., and is expld. by an ellipsis of λέγω or ἐρῶ (cf. ὅτι IV), οὐχ ὅ. κωλυταὶ.. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ.. δύναμιν προσλαβεῖν περιόψεσθε not only will you not become.., but you will also.., Th.1.35, cf. X.HG5.4.34, D.6.9 ;οὐχ ὅ. ὑμῖν τῶν αὑτοῦ τι ἐπέδωκεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων πολλὰ ὑφῄρηται Lys.30.26
;οὐχ ὅ. τούτων χάριν ἀπέδοσαν, ἀλλ' ἀπολιπόντες ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων συμμαχίαν εἰσῆλθον Isoc.14.27
, cf. D.18.131, 53.13 ;οὐ γὰρ ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ καὶ.. Id.21.11
;οὔκουν ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ.. X.Cyr.8.2.12
; alsoοὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλ' οὐδέ.., οὐχ ὅ. ἀδικοῦντες, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐπιδημοῦντες ἐφυγαδευόμεθα Id.HG2.4.14
;οὐχ ὅ. τῆς κοινῆς ἐλευθερίας μετέχομεν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ δουλείας μετρίας τυχεῖν ἠξιώθημεν Isoc.14.5
;διμοιρίαν λαμβάνων ἐν ταῖς θοίναις οὐχ ὅπως ἀμφοτέραις ἐχρῆτο, ἀλλὰ διαπέμπων οὐδετέραν αὑτῷ κατέλειπε X.Ages.5.1
;οὐχ ὅ. ζημιοῦν, ἀλλὰ μηδ' ἀτιμάζειν.. Th.3.42
: so sts. μὴ ὅ. (where an imper. must be supplied), μὴ ὅ. ὀρχεῖσθαι ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ὀρθοῦσθαι ἐδύνασθε do not think that you could dance = so far from being able to dance, X.Cyr.1.3.10.b οὐχ ὅ. rarely follows another clause, to say nothing of.., let alone..,πεπαύμεθ' ἡμεῖς, οὐχ ὅ. σε παύσομεν S.El. 796
; μηδ' ἐμπίδα, οὐχ ὅπως ταῦρον ἔτι ἄρασθαι δυνάμενος.. let alone a bull, Luc.Cont.8, cf. Prom.8, Pr.Im.7, Pisc. 31.1 with ind.,aἔσπετε νῦν μοι ὅππως δὴ.. πῦρ ἔμπεσε νηυσίν Il.16.113
;εἴπ' ἄγε μ'.. ὅππως τούσδ' ἵππους λάβετον 10.545
;εὖ μοι κατάλεξον ὅπως ἤντησας Od.3.97
;ὅπως ἠφανίσθη οὐδὲ λόγῳ εἰκότι δύνανται ἀποφαίνειν Antipho 5.26
;Ἀλκιβιάδης ἀνήχθη.. ἐπὶ κατασκοπὴν.. τοῦ οἴκαδε κατάπλου ὅπως ἡ πόλις πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχοι X.HG1.4.11
; , etc.b notably [tense] fut. after Verbs of deliberation (like the subj., v. infr. 2), ; φράζευ ὅπως Δαναοῖσιν ἀλεξήσεις κακὸν ἦμαρ (v.l. ἀλεξήσῃς) 9.251, cf. Od.13.376, 386, 19.557, 20.29,39.2 with deliberative subj. after Verbs of deliberation, taking care, and the like ,λεύσσει ὅπως ὄχ' ἄριστα.. γένηται Il.3.110
; ἐνόησεν (gnomic [tense] aor.)ὅππως κέρδος ἔῃ 10.225
;ἀλλ' ἄγεθ' ἡμεῖς οἵδε περιφραζώμεθα πάντες νόστον ὅπως ἔλθῃσι Od.1.77
, cf. 13.365 ;οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως.. φῶ S.OT 1367
, cf. Aj. 428, Lys.8.5, Pl.Men. 91d ;ἐπιμελητέον ὅπως τρέφωνται οἱ ἵπποι X.Eq.Mag.1.3
, cf. Oec.7.36,37,9.14, 15.1, Pl.Grg. 515c.—Sts. the [tense] fut. and subj. are conjoined without difference of meaning,ἐπράττετο γὰρ.., πρῶτον μὲν ὅπως μὴ περιμείνητε.., δεύτερον δὲ ὅπως ψηφιε̄σθε.., τρίτον δὲ ὅπως μὴ ἔσται Aeschin.3.65
, cf. X. Ages.7.7, Mem.2.2.10.—On ὅπως ἄν (κεν), v. infr. 5.3 with opt. after tenses of past time, τῶν ἀδῄλων ὅπως ἀποβήσοιτο ib.1.3.2, etc.: after Verbs of deliberation, being virtually orat. obliq., μερμήριξε.. Ἥρη ὅπως ἐξαπάφοιτο (orat. rect. πῶς ἐξαπάφωμαι;) Il.14.160 ;μερμήριζεν ὅπως ἀπολοίατο πᾶσαι νῆες Od.9.554
, cf. 420 ;οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν.. ὅπως δρῶντες καλῶς πράξαιμεν S.Ant. 271
; , cf. 13.32, X.Cyr.6.2.11.4 with opt. and ἄν freq. expressing a wish, which in orat. rect. would be expressed byπῶς ἄν, σκόπει ὅ. ἂν ἀποθάνοιμεν ἀνδρικώτατα Ar.Eq.81
(v.l. ἀποθάνωμεν), cf. Nu. 760 ;βουλευόμενοι ὅ. ἂν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν λάβοιεν τῆς Ἑλλάδος X.HG7.1.33
, cf. Cyr.2.1.4 ; τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιμελεῖται ὅ. ἂν θηρῷεν (v.l. -ῶσιν) ib.1.2.10: the opt. with ἄν and subj. sts. appear in consecutive clauses, Id.HG3.2.1.5 ὅπως ἄν (κεν) with the subj. is used after imper. or inf. used as imper., ;φράζεσθαι.., ὅππως κε μνηστῆρας.. κτείνῃς 1.295
;σκοπεῖτε.., ὅ. ἂν ὑμῖν πρᾶγος εὖ νικᾷ τόδε A.Supp. 233
, etc.;φύλασσε.. ἔπειθ' ὅ. ἂν.. ἡ χάρις.. ἐξ ἁπλῆς διπλῆ φανῇ S.Tr. 618
, cf. E.IA 539 : in Prose,ἐπιμεληθῆναι ὅ. ἂν.. X.Cyr.8.3.6
, cf. Pl.Prt. 326a;μηχανᾶσθαι Id.Phdr. 239b
, Grg. 481a, cf. Ar.Eq. 917.6 rarely c. inf.,ἐπιμελήθητε προθύμως ὅπως διπλάσια.. σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ παρασκευασθῆναι X.Cyr.4.2.37
(v.l. -εσκευασμένα ᾖ), cf. Oec.7.29, HG6.2.32; so later ὅπως παρακολουθῆμεν ([dialect] Dor. inf.) Supp.Epigr.1.170.18 (cf. p.138, Delph., ii B. C.); ὅπως.. ἔχειν, ὅπως.. εἴργεσθαι, D.S.20.4,85;ὅπως πέμπιν PTeb.315.30
(ii A. D.).7 after Verbs of fear and caution, ὅπως and ὅπως μή are used with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. :— the readings are freq. uncertain: the following (among others) are made certain either by the metre or the form,a with [tense] fut. ind.,δέδοιχ' ὅπως μὴ τεύξομαι Ar.Eq. 112
;παντὶ λόγῳ ἀντιτείνετε εὐλαβούμενοι ὅπως μὴ.. οἰχήσομαι Pl.Phd. 91c
;φόβος.. ἔστιν.. ὅπως μὴ αὖθις διασχισθησόμεθα Id.Smp. 193a
: sts. the preceding Verb is omitted,ὅπως μὴ οὐκ.. ἔσομαι Id.Men. 77a
.b with [tense] aor. subj.,τὴν θεὸν δ' ὅ. λάθω δέδοικα E.IT 995
;φυλάττου, ὅ. μὴ εἰς τοὐναντίον ἔλθῃς X.Mem.3.6.16
: rarely with [tense] pres.,οὐ φοβεῖ ὅ. μὴ ἀνόσιον πρᾶγμα τυγχάνῃς πράττων Pl.Euthphr.4e
: sts. the preceding Verb is omitted, with [tense] aor. subj.,ὅκως μή τι ὑμῖν πανώλεθρον κακὸν ἐς τὴν χώρην ἐσβάλωσι Hdt.6.85
: with [tense] pres. subj.,ὅπως μὴ.. ᾖ τοῦτο Pl.Cra. 430d
.c with opt. representing subj. after a historical tense, X. Mem.2.9.3.8 this Constr. is used in admonitions or commands: in the orig. Constr. a Verb implying caution or circumspection precedes,ὅρα ὅκως μή σευ ἀποστήσονται Πέρσαι Hdt.3.36
;ἄθρει.. ὅπως μὴ ἐκδύσεται Ar.V. 141
; τηρώμεσθ' ὅπως μὴ.. αἰσθήσεται ib. 372 : but this came to be omitted, and ὅπως or ὅπως μή with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. are exactly = the imper.,ἔμβα χὤπως ἀρεῖς Id.Ra. 378
(lyr.): most freq. with [tense] fut. ind., ὅκως λόγον δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων, = δίδου λόγον, Hdt.3.142 ; ὅπως παρέσει μοι, = πάρισθι, Ar.Av. 131 ;ὅπως πετήσει Id. Pax77
, cf. X.An.1.7.3, Lys.1.21, 12.50, Pl.Grg. 489a, etc.: rarely with I pers.,ὁποῖα κισσὸς δρυός, ὅπως τῆσδ' ἕξομαι E.Hec. 398
, cf. Ar.Ec. 297 (lyr.): very rarely with [tense] aor. subj.,ὅπως μή τι ἡμᾶς σφήλῃ Pl.Euthd. 296a
codd.;ὅπως μὴ.. ἐξαπατήσῃ Id.Prt. 313c
;ὅπως μὴ ποιήσητε D.4.20
codd.—The codd. freq. vary, as between διδάξεις and ; τιμωρήσονται and- ωνται Th.1.56
; πράξομεν and - ωμεν ib.82 ; θορυβήσει and- σῃ D.13.14
, etc.—Since the [tense] fut. is frequently, and the [tense] aor. (whether 1 or 2) rarely guaranteed by metre or form, the [tense] aor. 1 forms shd. prob. be rejected, both in signf. 7 and 8, in cases where codd. vary.9 as the echo to a preceding πῶς; in dialogue, A καὶ πῶς; B ὅπως; [do you ask] how? Ar. Eq. 128; A πῶς με χρὴ καλεῖν; B ὅπως; Id.Nu. 677, cf. Pl. 139.IV in direct questions, how? ἔπραξας ὅπως; Jul.Ep.82p.106B.-C.; cf. ὅστις.V indef., anyhow, τὸ οὐδ' ὅ. the expression 'not at all', Pl.Tht. 183b (v.l. οὐδ' οὕτως).B FINAL CONJUNCTION, that, in order that, the original notion of modality being merged in that of purpose or design, cf. ἵνα, with which it is sts. interchanged, Antipho 1.23 and 24, And.3.14, Lycurg. 119 sq.:—in early [dialect] Att. Inscrr. only ὅπως ἄν is used, IG12.39.19, al. ; ὅπως without ἄν only once in cent. iv B. C., ib.22.226.42 (343 B.C.), after which it becomes gradually prevalent:1 with subj.,a after primary tenses, or after subj. or imper.,τὸν δὲ μνηστῆρες.. λοχῶσιν, ὅπως ἀπὸ φῦλον ὄληται Od.14.181
, cf. A.Ch. 873, S.Ph. 238, El. 457, X.Mem.2.10.2, etc.b after historical tenses (v.ἵνα B. 1.1b
), when there is no [tense] pf. form, or when the [tense] aor. represents the [tense] pf., ξυνελέγημεν ἐνθάδε, ὅ. προμελετήσωμεν we were convened, i. e. we have met in assembly, Ar.Ec. 117 ;παρήλθομεν.., ὅπως μὴ χεῖρον βουλεύσησθε Th.1.73
; also when the occurrence purposed is regarded from the point of view of the person purposing, ἦλθον πρεσβευσόμενοι, ὅπως μὴ σφίσι.. τὸ αὐτῶν [ναυτικὸν] ἐμπόδιον γένηται ib.31, cf. 57,65, etc.: sts. the opt. and subj. appear in consecutive clauses,φρυκτοὺς παρεσκευασμένους ἐς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅπως ἀσαφῆ τὰ σημεῖα.. ᾖ καὶ μὴ βοηθοῖεν Id.3.22
, cf. 6.96, 7.17.2 with opt. after historical tenses,πὰρ δέ οἱ αὐτὸς ἔστη, ὅπως.. κῆρας ἀλάλκοι Il.21.548
; more freq. in Od., as 13.319, 14.312, 18.160, 22.472; so in S.OT 1005, OC 1305, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Pl.Ti. 77e, etc.: after historical [tense] pres.,πέμπει τούσδ' ὅπως κτείνοιεν A.Pers. 450
;ἡγεμόνα πέμπει ὅπως ἄγοι X.An.4.7.19
: after opt.,ἔλθοι.. ὅ. γένοιτο A.Eu. 297
, cf. S.Aj. 1221 (lyr.).3 with ind.,a of historical tenses, where the principal clause expresses an action or obligation unfulfilled,εἴθ' εἶχε φωνὴν ἔμφρον' ἀγγέλου δίκην, ὅ. δίφροντις οὖσα μὴ 'κινυσσόμην A.Ch. 196
, cf. S.El. 1134: rare in Prose,ἐδεξάμην ἃν.. φράσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.., ὅ... προῄδετε And.2.21
; τίς οὐκ ἂν.. ταῦτα ἐδήλωσεν, ὅ... ταῦτα ἠλέγχθη; D.36.20;οὐκοῦν ἐχρῆν σε Πηγάσου ζεῦξαι πτερόν, ὅ. ἐφαίνου τοῖς θεοῖς τραγικώτερος Ar. Pax 135
; τί.. οὐκ ἔρριψ' ἐμαυτὴν.. ὅ. ἀπηλλάγην; A.Pr. 749.b of [tense] fut., θέλγει, ὅ. Ἰθάκης ἐπιλήσεται (= φραζομένη ὅπως ἐ.) Od.1.57, cf. Il.1.136 ;[χρὴ] ἀναβιβάζειν ἐπὶ τὸν τροχὸν τοὺς ἀπογραφέντας, ὅ. μὴ πρότερον νὺξ ἔσται And.1.43
;ἐμισθώσατο τοῦτον.., ὅ. συνερεῖ D.19.316
: sts. [tense] fut. ind. and [tense] aor. subj. are conjoined,σιγᾶθ', ὅ. μὴ πεύσεταί τις, ὦ τέκνα, γλώσσης χάριν δὲ πάντ' ἀπαγγείλῃ τάδε A. Ch. 265
.II ὅπως c. subj. is sts. used after Verbs of will and endeavour, instead of the inf.,λίσσεσθαι.. ὅ. νημερτέα εἴπῃ Od.3.19
;αἰτεῖσθαι ὅ. μὴ καταψηφίσησθε Antipho 1.12
; δεήσεται.., ὅ. δίκην μὴ δῷ ib.23 ;ὅ. μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἠντεβόλει Lys.1.29
; παρακελεύεσθε ὑμῖναὐτοῖς ὅ... ἐξίητε Lycurg.127
( ἔξιτε Rehdantz): withἄν, δεῖταί μου σφόδρα ὅπως ἂν οἰκουρῇ Ar.Ach. 1060
, cf. Hdt.2.126, 3.44 ;διεκελεύετο ὅπως ἂν.. ἐγγράφωσί με Is.7.27
; so δεῖ σ' ὅ. δείξεις (for δεῖξαι), S.Aj. 556, may be expld. as ellipsis for δεῖ σ' ὁρᾶν (σκοπεῖν) ὅπως, cf. Id.Ph.55 ;δεῖ σ' ὅπως.. μηδὲν διοίσεις.. Cratin.108
. -
72 βέβαιος
βέβαιος, α, ον (s. the next βεβαι-entries; Aeschyl., Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, rare in LXX, freq. in Philo; Jos., Ant. 13, 187; 14, 398; Just.) gener. relating to stability: ‘firm, permanent’.① of something that can be relied on not to cause disappointment, reliable, in metaph. of an anchor (w. ἀσφαλής) unshifting Hb 6:19 of hope (cp. Dionys. Hal. 6, 51; Plut., Ant. 917 [3, 7]; 4 Macc 17:4) whose realization can be counted on because it does not move, being set down in the ‘holy of holies’. Sim. ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν our hope for you is firm 2 Cor 1:7 (=our expectation [of things to be fulfilled] for you is not misplaced). ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον (for superl.; cp. Stob., Flor. IV 625, 2 βεβαιοτέραν ἔχε τ. φιλίαν πρὸς τ. γονεῖς) τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον we possess the prophetic word as something that is (now) all the more reliable 2 Pt 1:19 (on β. ἔχειν cp. Thu. 1, 32; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 19 §78 ἔχειν τι βέβαιον=have a firm hold on something; UPZ 162 II, 10 [117 B.C.]; s. also Diod S in 2); for other interpretations see comm. Of things revealed reliable (w. ἰσχυρός, τεθεμελιωμένος) Hv 3, 4, 3.② pert. to having continuity or being unwavering and persistent, abiding (ψυχή Did., Gen. 197, 4; of a just pers. TKellis 22, 103 [w. ἁγνός]): of boldness and hope that remain constant, steadfast Hb 3:6 v.l.; of πίστις unwavering (Appian, Liby. 64 §284 πίστις ἐστὶ βέβαιος; Diod S 2, 29, 4 πιστεύοντες βεβαιότερον=accept all the more confidently; Simplicius in Epict. p. 110, 37 πίστις βεβαία=firm faith in the immortality of the soul on the basis of a declaration by a μάντις; Esth 3:13c; 3 Macc 5:31) 1 Cl 1:2. Of love steadfast MPol 1:2. ἀρχὴν τῆς ὑποστάσεως βεβαίαν κατέχειν hold firm the original commitment Hb 3:14. (W. ἀσφαλής) ISm 8:2. ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς πίστεως βέβαιον δρόμον καταντῆσαι steadfastly finish the course of faith 1 Cl 6:2. Of the Corinthian congregation well-established, dependable (Appian, Iber. 37 §150 ἀνὴρ β., Bell. Civ. 2, 13 §47 a servant) 47:6.—ἡ βεβαία τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν ῥίζα dependable root of your faith Pol 1:2 in ref. to constancy in a productive Christian life.③ pert. to having validity over a period of time, in force, valid of a promise that applies to all pers. Ro 4:16; of the eucharist ISm 8:1. ὁ λόγος ἐγένετο βέβαιος (on λόγος β. cp. Pla., Phd. 90c λόγος β. καὶ ἀληθής) the word was in force Hb 2:2 (β. of the Mosaic law as Philo, Mos. 2, 14); a last will and testament valid (opp. οὐκ ἰσχύει ‘lack force’; legal t.t., s. JBehm, Διαθήκη 1912, 87, 4) Hb 9:17. βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι keep the call in force i.e. confirm it so that it does not lapse (cp. Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 250 D.: βεβ. ἐλευθερία) 2 Pt 1:10; β. εἶναι be in force IRo 3:1 (Ignatius fears that the instructions given by the Romans to others about dying for the faith will not apply to him; he wants them to be consistent).—B. 1237. DELG. M-M. TW. Spicq. -
73 δίδωμι
δίδωμι (Hom.+) by-form διδῶ (B-D-F §94, 1; Rob. 311f) Rv 3:9 (δίδω Tregelles, δίδωμι v.l.), 3 sg. διδοῖ (GrBar 7:2), 3 pl. διδόασι; impf. 3 sg. ἐδίδου, ἐδίδει (Hs 6, 2, 7; cp. Mk 4:8 cod. W), 3 pl. ἐδίδουν, ἐδίδοσαν J 19:3; ptc. διδῶν (Hs 8, 3, 3); fut. δώσω; 1 aor. ἔδωκα, subj. 3 sg. δώσῃ J 17:2; Rv 8:3 v.l. (on this W-S.§14, 9; B-D-F §95, 1; Rob. 308f), 1 pl. δώσωμεν Mk 6:37 v.l., 3 pl. δώσωσιν Rv 4:9 v.l.; pf. δέδωκα; plpf. ἐδεδώκειν (and without augm. δεδώκειν Mk 14:44; Lk 19:15; J 11:57); 2 aor. subj. 3 sg. δῷ J 15:16 (δώῃ v.l.); also in the form δώῃ Eph 1:17; 2 Ti 2:25 (in both δῷ as v.l.): in all these cases read δώῃ subj., not δῴη opt., s. below; δοῖ Mk 8:37 (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 55; Rdm.2 97f and Glotta 7, 1916, 21ff; GKilpatrick in Festschrift JSchmid ’63, 135), pl. δῶμεν, δῶτε, δῶσιν; 2 aor. opt. 3 sg. Hellenist. (also LXX) δῴη for δοίη Ro 15:5; 2 Th 3:16; 2 Ti 1:16, 18 (on Eph 1:17; 2 Ti 2:25 s. above); 2 aor. impv. δός, δότε, inf. δοῦναι, ptc. δούς; pf. δέδωκα LXX. Pass.: 1 fut. δοθήσομαι (W-S. §14, 8ff); 1 aor. ἐδόθην; pf. δέδομαι.① to give as an expression of generosity, give, donate as a gen. principle: μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν it is more blessed to give than to receive Ac 20:35 (Theophyl. Sim., Ep. 42 τὸ διδόναι ἢ τὸ λαβεῖν οἰκειότερον); cp. 1 Cl 2:1; Hm 2:4ff (the contrast δίδωμι … λαμβάνω is frequently found: Epicharmus, Fgm. 273 Kaibel; Com. Fgm. Adesp. 108, 4 K.; Maximus Tyr. 32, 10c ὀλίγα δούς, μεγάλα ἔλαβες; Sir 14:16; Tat. 29, 2).—On the logion Ac 20:35 s. Unknown Sayings 77–81: giving is blessed, not receiving (cp. EHaenchen on Ac 20:35; Aristot., EN 4, 3, 26; Plut., Mor. 173d). S. μᾶλλον 3c. δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς give to the poor Mt 19:21 (HvonCampenhausen, Tradition u. Leben ’60, 114–56). τινὶ ἔκ τινος give someone some (of a substance: Tob 4:16; Ezk 48:12) Mt 25:8. S. also 7:11; 14:7.② to give someth. out, give, bestow, grant δ. δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα put a ring on the finger Lk 15:22 (cp. Esth 3:10—δίδωμί τι εἰς τ. χεῖρα also Aristoph., Nub. 506; Herodas 3, 70). give τινί τι someth. to someone τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν Mt 7:6 (Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 33 τὰ ἔγκατα τοῖς κυσὶ δότε).—A certificate of divorce to one’s wife 5:31 (Dt 24:1; conversely of the wife Just., A II, 2, 6 ῥεπούδιον δοῦσα); without dat. 19:7. Of bread (w. dat. or acc. somet. to be supplied fr. the context) 26:26f; Mk 2:26; 14:22; Lk 6:4; 11:7f; 22:19; J 21:13 (difft. Mt 14:19; 15:36; Mk 6:41; 8:6 the disciples transfer to others what they have received). W. inf. foll. δ. τινὶ φαγεῖν give someone someth. to eat Mt 14:16; 25:35, 42; Mk 5:43; 6:37; J 6:31 al. (cp. Gen 28:20; Ex 16:8, 15; Lev 10:17); someth. to drink Mt 27:34; Mk 15:23; J 4:7; Rv 16:6 (Hdt. 4, 172, 4; Aristoph., Pax 49; Jos., Ant. 2, 64; schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 146 δὸς πιεῖν τί τινι, without dat. 198; PGM 13, 320 δὸς πεῖν[=πιεῖν]; Jos., Ant. 2, 64).—τὰς ῥάβδους GJs 9:1.—Lk 15:29 (Hipponax 43 Deg.).③ to express devotion, give δόξαν δ. θεῷ give God the glory, i.e. praise, honor, thanks (Josh 7:19; Ps 67:35; 1 Esdr 9:8; 2 Ch 30:8 and oft.) Lk 17:18; J 9:24 (practically=promise under oath to tell the truth); Ac 12:23 al. δόξαν καὶ τιμήν (2 Ch 32:33) give glory and honor Rv 4:9. Through a sacrificial offering θυσίαν δ. bring an offering Lk 2:24 (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 196 θυσίαν ἀποδοῦναι τ. θεῷ).④ to cause to happen, esp. in ref. to physical phenomena, produce, make, cause, give fig. extension of mng. 1 ὑετὸν δ. (3 Km 17:14; Job 5:10; Zech 10:1; PsSol 5:9) yield rain Js 5:18; send rain Ac 14:17. τέρατα cause wonders to appear Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3). Of heavenly bodies φέγγος δ. give light, shine Mt 24:29; Mk 13:24 (cp. Is 13:10). Of a musical instrument φωνὴν δ. (cp. Ps 17:14; 103:12; Jdth 14:9; Pind., N. 5, 50b [93]) produce a sound 1 Cor 14:7f.⑤ to put someth. in care of another, entrustⓐ of things entrust τινί τι someth. to someone money Mt 25:15; Lk 19:13, 15; the keys of the kgdm. Mt 16:19; perh. Lk 12:48. W. εἰς τὰς χεῖρας added J 13:3 (cp. Gen 39:8; Is 22:21; 29:12 al.) or ἐν τῇ χειρί τινος 3:35 (cp. Jdth 9:9; Da 1:2; 7:25 Theod.; 1 Macc 2:7). Of spiritual things J 17:8, 14; Ac 7:38.ⓑ of pers. τινά τινι entrust someone to another’s care J 6:37, 39; 17:6, 9, 12, 24; Hb 2:13 (Is 8:18).ⓐ of payment pay, give τινί τι Mt 20:4; 26:15; 28:12; Mk 14:11; Lk 22:5; Rv 11:18. Fig. repay someone (Mélanges Nicole, var. contributors, JNicole Festschr. 1905, p. 246 [HvanHerwerden=PLips 40 III, 3 p. 129] λίθῳ δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ μου; Ps 27:4) Rv 2:23. Of taxes, tribute, rent, etc. τινὶ ἀπό τινος pay rent of someth. Lk 20:10 (cp. 1 Esdr 6:28). τὶ pay (up), give someth. Mt 16:26; 27:10; Mk 8:37; δ. κῆνσον, φόρον καίσαρι pay tax to the emperor (Jos., Bell. 2, 403) Mt 22:17; Mk 12:14; Lk 20:22. Of inheritance pay out a portion of property Lk 15:12.ⓑ as commercial t.t. for bookkeeping λόγον δ. render account (POxy 1281, 9 [21 A.D.]; PStras 32, 9 δότω λόγον; cp. Phil 4:15) Ro 14:12.ⓒ of a bank deposit, equivalent to τιθέναι put, place, deposit ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν put money in the bank Lk 19:23.⑦ appoint to special responsibility, appoint (Num 14:4) κριτάς judges Ac 13:20; w. double acc. appoint someone someth. (PLille 28, II [III B.C.] αὐτοῖς ἐδώκαμεν μεσίτην Δωρίωνα) τοὺϚ μὲν ἀποστόλους some (to be) apostles Eph 4:11. τινὰ κεφαλήν make someone head 1:22. Also δ. τινὰ εἴς τι B 14:7 (Is 42:6).⑧ to cause someth. to happen, give (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 106 δ. χρόνον εἰς μετάνοιαν) δ. γνῶσιν σωτηρίας= to give (his people) knowledge of salvation = to tell (his people) how to be saved Lk 1:77.⑨ to bear as a natural product, yield, produce of a field and its crops καρπὸν δ. yield fruit (Ps 1:3) Mt 13:8; Mk 4:7f; fig. ἔδωκεν μοὶ Κύριος καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ GJs 6:3 (Pr 11:30).⑩ to dedicate oneself for some purpose or cause, give up, sacrifice τὸ σῶμά μου τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον my body, given up for you Lk 22:19 (cp. Thu. 2, 43, 2; Libanius, Declam. 24, 23 Förster οἱ ἐν Πύλαις ὑπὲρ ἐλευθερίας τ. Ἑλλήνων δεδωκότες τὰ σώματα; of Menas δ. ἀπροφασίστως ἑαυτόν ‘gave of himself unstintingly’ OGI 339, 19f; Danker, Benefactor 321–23; for use of δ. in a testamentary context cp. Diog. L. 5, 72); ἑαυτὸν (τὴν ψυχὴν) δ. give oneself up, sacrifice oneself (ref. in Nägeli 56; 1 Macc 6:44; 2:50) w. dat. 2 Cor 8:5. λύτρον ἀντι πολλῶν give oneself up as a ransom for many Mt 20:28; Mk 10:45 (ἀντί 3). Also ἀντίλυτρον ὑπέρ τινος 1 Ti 2:6. ὐπέρ τινος for or because of a person or thing J 10:15 v.l.; Gal 1:4; Tit 2:14; AcPl Ha 8, 24 (on the form of these passages s. KRomaniuk, NovT 5, ’62, 55–76). ἑαυτὸν δ. τῷ θανάτῳ ISm 4:2 (cp. Just., A I, 21, 2 πυρί); δ. ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ θηρίον face the beast Hv 4, 1, 8.⑪ to cause (oneself) to go, go, venture somewhere (cp. our older ‘betake oneself’) (Polyb. 5, 14, 9; Diod S 5, 59, 4; 14, 81, 2; Jos., Ant. 7, 225; 15, 244) εἰς τὸ θέατρον Ac 19:31; εἰς τὴν ἔρημον GJs 1:4.⑫ to use an oracular device, draw/cast lots Ac 1:26.⑬ to grant by formal action, grant, allow, freq. of God (cp. 7 above) ἐξουσίαν δ. (Hippol., Ref. 5, 26, 21 grant someone the power or authority, give someone the right, etc. (cp. TestJob 20:3; Jos., Ant. 2, 90, Vi. 71) Mt 9:8; 28:18; 2 Cor 13:10; Rv 9:3; 1 Cl 61:1; τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω τινός tread on someth. Lk 10:19. τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ γράψαι τὴν ἱστορίαν ταύτην the ability to write this account GJs 25:1. ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἐπί Lk 9:1 (cp. Just., D. 30, 3 ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δύναμιν). ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω i.e. put them under your control Mt 4:9 of the devil. Simple δ. w. inf. (Appian, Liby. 19 §78 ἢν [=ἐὰν] ὁ θεὸς δῷ ἐπικρατῆσαι 106 §499) δέδοται it is given, granted to someone γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια to know the secrets Mt 13:11; cp. ἡ δοθεῖσα αὐτῷ γνῶσις B 9:8 (Just., D. 7, 3 εἰ μή τῳ θεός δῷ συνιέναι) ἔδωκεν ζωὴν ἔχειν he has granted (the privilege) of having life J 5:26. μετὰ παρρησίας λαλεῖν to speak courageously Ac 4:29 and oft. Rather freq. the inf. is to be supplied fr. the context (Himerius, Or. 38 [4], 8 εἰ θεὸς διδοίη=if God permits) οἷς δέδοται sc. χωρεῖν Mt 19:11. ἦν δεδομένον σοι sc. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. W. acc. and inf. foll. (Appian, Mithrid. 11, §37; Heliodorus 5, 12, 2 δώσεις με πιστεύειν) οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν you will not permit your holy one to see corruption Ac 2:27; 13:35 (both Ps 15:10). ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι granted that he should be plainly seen 10:40. δὸς … ῥαγήναι τὰ δέσμα grant that our chains be broken AcPl Ha 3,11f. Pregnant constr.: grant, order (Diod S 9, 12, 2 διδ. λαβεῖν=permit to; 19, 85, 3 τὶ=someth.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 125 §524 ὁ καιρὸς ἐδίδου=the opportunity permitted; Biogr. p. 130 ἐδίδου θάπτειν τ. ἄνδρα) ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ ἀποκτείνωσιν orders were given them not to kill Rv 9:5; cp. 19:8.—Of an oath w. double inf. Lk 1:73f. S. also 17 below.⑮ give up, someth. that has been under one’s control for a relatively long time, give up, give back ἡ θάλασσα τ. νεκρούς the sea gave up its dead Rv 20:13.⑯ to proffer someth., extend, offer χεῖρα hold out one’s hand (to someone) Ac 9:41 (cp. 1 Macc 6:58; 2 Macc 12:11; Jos., Bell. 6, 318). (τὸν) μαστὸν τῇ παῖδι GJs 5:2; 6:3.⑰ In many phrases this word relates to an activity or an abstract object, and with tr. freq. determined by the noun object; cp. 13 above.ⓐ of humans: of a plan conceived in a meeting give counsel or advice: δ. for ποιεῖν (cp. κατά A2b β and s. s.v. συμβούλιον), which is read by some mss., in συμβούλιον δ. conspired (against Jesus) Mk 3:6. ἀφορμὴν δ. give an occasion (for someth.) 2 Cor 5:12; Hm 4, 1, 11; μαρτυρίαν δ. give testimony 1 Cl 30:7; δ. τὸ μαρτύριον bear witness AcPl Ha 4, 28; γνώμην δ. give an opinion 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 8:10; ἐγκοπὴν δ. cause a hindrance 1 Cor 9:12; ἐντολὴν δ. command, order J 11:57; 12:49; 1J 3:23; ἐντολὴν καινὴν δ. give a new commandment J 13:34; εὔσημον λόγον δ. speak plainly or intelligibly 1 Cor 14:9; παραγγελίαν δ. give an instruction 1 Th 4:2; δ. τὴν ἐν [κυρίῳ σφραγίδα] seal in the Lord AcPl Ha 11, 23 (restored after the Coptic); προσκοπὴν δ. put an obstacle in (someone’s) way 2 Cor 6:3; δ. ἐκδίκησιν take vengeance 2 Th 1:8; ῥάπισμα δ. τινί slap someone J 18:22; 19:3; σημεῖον δ. give a sign Mt 26:48; τόπον δ. τινί make room for someone (Plut., Gai. Gracch. 840 [13, 3]) Lk 14:9; fig. leave room for Ro 12:19 (cp. τόπος 4); Eph 4:27. ὑπόδειγμα δ. give an example J 13:15; φίλημα δ. τινί give someone a kiss Lk 7:45.—δὸς ἐργασίαν Lk 12:58 is prob. a Latinism=da operam take pains, make an effort (B-D-F §5, 3b note 9; Rob. 109), which nevertheless penetrated the popular speech (OGI 441, 109 [senatorial decree 81 B.C.]; POxy 742, 11 [colloq. letter 2 B.C.] δὸς ἐργασίαν; PMich 203, 7; 466, 33f [Trajan]; PGiss 11, 16 [118 A.D.]; PBrem 5, 8 [117/119 A.D.]).ⓑ esp. oft. of God (Hom. et al.) and Christ: give, grant, impose (of punishments etc.), send, of gifts, peace τινί τι Eph 4:8; 1 Cl 60:4; τινί τινος give someone some of a thing Rv 2:17. Also τινὶ ἔκ τινος 1J 4:13. τὶ εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:8 (Ezk 37:14); εἰς τὰς καρδίας put into the hearts Rv 17:17 (cp. X., Cyr. 8, 2, 20 δ. τινί τι εἰς ψυχήν). Also ἐν τ. καρδίαις δ. (cp. ἐν 3) 2 Cor 1:22; 8:16 (cp. Ezk 36:27). εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν Hb 8:10 (Jer 38: 33); ἐπὶ καρδίας Hb 10:16 (δ. ἐπί w. acc. as Jer 6:21, and s. Jer 38:33 ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν γράψω). W. ἵνα foll. grant that Mk 10:37.—The pass. occurs very oft. in this sense (Plut., Mor. 265d; 277e) Lk 8:10; Rv 6:4; 7:2; 13:7, 14f and oft. ἐκδίκησιν διδόναι τινί inflict punishment on someone 2 Th 1:8; βασανισμὸν καὶ πένθος δ. τινί send torment and grief upon someone Rv 18:7; ὄνομα δ. GJs 6:2, χάριν δ. (Jos., Bell. 7, 325) Js 4:6; 1 Pt 5:5 (both Pr 3:34); GJs 14:2; υἱοθεσίαν AcPl Ha 2, 28; 9,12; ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 2, 30f; μεγαλεῖα 6,13. W. gen. foll. over someone Mt 10:1; Mk 6:7; J 17:2.—B. 749. Schmidt, Syn. 193–203. DELG. M-M. TW. -
74 καρπός
καρπός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+) ‘fruit’ (the sing. used collectively: Diod S 3, 24, 1).① product or outcome of someth., fruitⓐ in a physical senseα. of plants: trees Mt 12:33; 21:19; Mk 11:14; Lk 6:44; 13:6f; IEph 14:2; Hs 1, 2, 1; 9, 1, 10; 9, 28, 1 and 3 (Did., Gen. 86, 3). Of the fruit of the vine (Jos., Ant. 2, 67; Ath 22:6) Mt 21:34; Mk 12:2; Lk 20:10; 1 Cor 9:7; 1 Cl 23:4; of a berry-bush B 7:8. Of field crops (Diod S 4, 4, 2; Ps.-Phoc. 38; SibOr 4, 16; Hippol., Ref. 7, 29, 5) 2 Ti 2:6; 1 Cl 24:4; qualified by τῆς γῆς Js 5:7a; cp. vs. 7b v.l.; 1 Cl 14:1 (Gen 4:3); GJs 3:3. συνάγειν τοὺς κ. (Lev 25:3) Lk 12:17; cp. J 4:36; ὅταν παραδοῖ ὁ κ. when the (condition of the) crop permits Mk 4:29 (‘fruit’=grain as Ps.-Scylax, Peripl. §93 p. 36 Fabr. [πυροὺς κ. κριθάς]). βλαστάνειν τὸν κ. produce crops Js 5:18 (βλαστάνω 1). ποιεῖν κ. (=עָשָׂה פְרִי) bear or yield fruit (Gen 1:11f; 4 Km 19:30; Ezk 17:23; ParJer 9:16, 19.—Diosc., Mat. Med. 2, 195) Mt 3:10 (s. δένδρον); 7:17ff; 13:26; Lk 3:9; 6:43; 8:8; 13:9; Rv 22:2a. Also διδόναι (=נָתַן פְּרִי; Lev 26:20; Dt 11:17; Ps 1:3; Zech 8:12) Mt 13:8; Mk 4:7f; B 11:6 (Ps 1:3); Hs 2:4; 5, 2, 4. φέρειν (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1396–99b; Jo 2:22; Hos 9:16; Jos., Ant. 3, 11; SibOr 2, 320; Did., Gen. 31, 3) Mt 7:18a v.l.; J 12:24 (of the resurrection: ἐκφέρει 1 Cl 24:5); 15:2, 4; Hs 2:3, 8a. ἡ γῆ προφέρει τοὺς κ. αὐτῆς GJs 8:3. ἀποδιδόναι bear fruit (Lev 26:4) Rv 22:2b; Hs 2:8b; cp. Hb 12:11, but pay a person a portion of the fruit Mt 21:41. γεννᾶν κ. θανατηφόρον bear deadly fruit ITr 11:1 (in imagery, s. b below). κ. ἔχειν of trees Hs 9, 28, 3; of staffs 8, 1, 18; 8, 2, 1; 8, 3, 7; 8, 4, 6; 8, 5, 6; of Aaron’s staff (Num 17:23ff) 1 Cl 43:5.β. of a human being: Hebraistically of offspring ὁ κ. τῆς κοιλίας the fruit of the womb (Gen 30:2; Ps 131:11; Mi 6:7; La 2:20; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 14 [Stone p. 14]; Mel., P. 52, 384 [since the central mng. of κοιλία is someth. ‘hollow’, in the Ps and Mi pass. κοιλία is used in the general sense of ‘body’ as the cavity from which someth. emanates]) Lk 1:42. τοῦ μὴ δοῦναί σοι καρπόν= to grant you no children GJs 2:3; cp. 6:3 (s. b below). Fr. the standpoint of a father: ὁ κ. τῆς ὀσφύος the fruit of his loins Ac 2:30; AcPl Ha 8, 14 (ἰσχύος Ox 1602, 12f/BMM recto 17).ⓑ fig., in the spiritual (opp. physical) realm; sometimes the orig. figure is quite prominent; somet. it is more or less weakened: result, outcome, product (cp. Epict. 2, 1, 21 τῶν δογμάτων καρπός; IPriene 112, 14 [I B.C.] μόνη μεγίστους ἀποδίδωσιν καρπούς; Dio Chrys. 23 [40], 34 τῆς ἔχθρας καρπός) κ. τοῦ πνεύματος Gal 5:22 (a list of virtues following a list of vices as Cebes 19, 5; 20, 3; Ael. Aristid. 37, 27 K.=2 p. 27 D.). τοῦ φωτός Eph 5:9; κ. πολὺν φέρειν be very fruitful J 15:5, 8, 16. κ. δικαιοσύνης fruit of righteousness (cp. Epicurus, Fgm. 519 δικαιοσύνης καρπὸς μέγιστος ἀταραξία; Am 6:12; Pr 11:30; 13:2; EpArist 232) Phil 1:11; Js 3:18; Hs 9, 19, 2a; cp. ἔδωκέν μοι κύριος … καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ GJs 6:3 (of the birth of Mary; s. β above); κ. εἰρηνικὸς δικαιοσύνης peaceful fruit of righteousness Hb 12:11. κ. ἀληθείας Hs 9, 19, 2b. The outcome of acting is a deed: ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν τινος ἐπιγινώσκειν τινά know someone by the person’s deeds, as one knows a tree by its fruits Mt 7:16, 20; Hs 4:5 (Proverbia Aesopi 51 P.: Δῆλος ἔλεγχος ὁ καρπὸς γενήσεται | παντὸς δένδρου ἣν ἔχει φύσιν=its fruit will be for every tree a clear proof of its nature). γεννᾶν καρπὸν θανατηφόρον bear deadly fruit ITr 11:1 (s. 1aα); moral performance as fruit vs. 2 (accord. to the imagery, Christians are branches of the cross as their trunk and their deeds are the produce). Fruit of martyrdom Hs 9, 28, 4. ποιεῖν τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς (=τῆς βασιλείας τ. θεοῦ) prove fruitful for the kingdom ποιεῖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας Mt 21:43. bear fruit consistent with repentance 3:8; the pl. in the parallel Lk 3:8 is farther removed fr. the orig. picture: καρποί = ἔργα (cp. Pr 10:16). καρποὶ ἀγαθοί Js 3:17. Cp. Dg 12:1. τίνα καρπὸν ἄξιον … (δώσομεν); what fruit (are we to bring to Christ that would be) worthy of what he has given us? 2 Cl 1:3. Of the outcome of life in sin as well as in righteousness Ro 6:21f (of the results of evil e.g., Oenomaus Fgm. 2m [in Eus., PE 5, 20, 10]); ταχὺς κ. (s. ταχ. 1a) 2 Cl 20:3. After an upright life καρπὸν προσδοκῶν Dg 12:6; cp. 12:8; resurrection as the reward after a miserable life ἔδονται τῆς ἑαυτῶν ὁδοῦ τοὺς κ. 2 Cl 19:3.—ἀφʼ οὗ καρποῦ ἡμεῖς (the suffering of Jesus,) the fruit from which we are, i.e. from which we derive our identity as Christians (the cross is here viewed as a tree on which Jesus hangs as the fruit: Ignatius probably thinks of Christians as germinated seeds) ISm 1:2.—Of the proceeds of a collection Ro 15:28.ⓒ Hebraistically, a praise-offering as καρπὸς χειλέων (Hos 14:3; Pr 18:20; 31:31 v.l.; PsSol 15:3) Hb 13:15.② advantage, gain, profit (Polyaenus 3, 9, 1 κ. τῆς ἀνδραγαθίας; EpArist 260 σοφίας κ.; Philo, Fug. 176 ἐπιστήμης; Jos., Ant. 20, 48 εὐσεβείας) κ. ἔργου gain from the labor Phil 1:22. οὐ δόμα, ἀλλὰ τὸν καρπόν not the gift, but the advantage (accruing to the Philippians fr. their generous giving) 4:17; κ. ἔχειν have fruit Ro 1:13.—B. 511. DELG 1 καρπός. EDNT. TW. -
75 πίστις
πίστις, εως, ἡ (Hes., Hdt.+; ranging in meaning from subjective confidence to objective basis for confidence).ⓐ the state of being someone in whom confidence can be placed, faithfulness, reliability, fidelity, commitment (X., An. 1, 6, 3; 3, 3, 4; Aristot., Eth. Eud, 7, 2, 1237b, 12; Polyb. 7, 12, 9; 38, 1, 8 al.; Herodian 2, 14, 4 al.; SIG 675, 22; OGI 557, 16; PTebt 27, 6; 51 [II B.C.]; POxy 494, 9; 705, 32; other pap M-M. s.v.; Ps 32:4; Pr 12:22; Jos., Ant. 2, 61; TestAsh 7:7) w. κρίσις and ἔλεος Mt 23:23. (Opp. ἀπιστία as Hes., Op. 370) τὴν πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ καταργεῖν nullify the faithfulness/commitment of God (cp. Ps 32:4; Hos 2:22) Ro 3:3. πᾶσαν π. ἐνδείκνυσθαι ἀγαθήν show all good faith(fulness) Tit 2:10 (cp. BGU 314, 19 μετὰ πίστεως ἀγαθῆς). W. other virtues Gal 5:22 (on πίστις, πραΰτης cp. Sir 45:4; 1:27). W. ὑπομονή 2 Th 1:4. τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα I have remained faithful or loyal (πίστιν τηρεῖν as Polyb. 6, 56, 13; 10, 37, 5; Jos., Bell. 2, 121; 6, 345; OGI 339, 46f; IBM III, 587b, 5f [Dssm., LO 262=LAE 309, esp. note 3]) 2 Ti 4:7, though this would be classified by some under 3 below. S. also 1c below.ⓑ a solemn promise to be faithful and loyal, assurance, oath, troth (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 44; 8, 8, 3, Hell. 1, 3, 12; Diod S 14, 9, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 86 §362 μεγάλας πίστεις ἔδωκεν=solemn assurances; 3 Macc 3:10; Jos., Ant. 12, 382) τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 Ti 5:12 (s. also ἀθετέω 1 and cp. CIA app. [Wünsch, Praef. p. xv] of a woman who πρώτη ἠθέτησεν τὴν πίστιν to her husband). Cp. Rv 2:3.ⓒ a token offered as a guarantee of someth. promised, proof, pledge (Pla., Phd. 70b; Isocr. 3, 8; Aristot., Rhet. 1, 1; 3, 13; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 63; 85: πίστις βεβαία=dependable proof; Polyb. 3, 100, 3; Περὶ ὕψους 39, 3=p. 74, 20 V.; Epict. 1, 28, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 119 §500; Jos., Ant. 15, 69) πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν ἀναστήσας αὐτόν (God has appointed a man [Jesus] to be judge of the world, and) he has furnished proof (of his fitness for this office) to all people by raising him (on πίστιν παρέχειν cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 218 πίστιν παρεῖχε; 15, 260; Polyb. 2, 52, 4 πίστιν παρέσχετο=gave a pledge, security; Vett. Val. 277, 29f) Ac 17:31. JBarton, Biblica 40, ’59, 878–84: π. in 2 Ti 4:7= bond deposited by an athlete. But see 3 below.—WSchmitz, ῾Η Πίστις in den Papyri, diss. Cologne, ’64.② state of believing on the basis of the reliability of the one trusted, trust, confidence, faith in the active sense=‘believing’, in ref. to deity (Soph. Oed. R. 1445 νῦν γʼ ἂν τῷ θεῷ πίστιν φέροις; Pla., Leg. 12, 966de; Plut. Mor. 402e; 756b; Dio Chrys. 3, 51 παρὰ θεῶν τιμὴ κ. πίστις; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 226 D.: πίστιν ἐν τ. θεοῖς ἔχειν; Appian, Liby. 57 §248 ἐς θεοὺς πίστις; Ep. 33 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 352, 14]; Herm. Wr. 9, 10 ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 21 τῆς βεβαίας πίστεως, τὸ μεμαθηκέναι, ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προνοεῖται πάντα. The divinity Πίστις in Plut., Num. 70 [16, 1] and in magic [exx. in Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 234f, among them Aberciusins. 12; PGM 4, 1014 ἀλήθεια καὶ πίστις; 12, 228]; Wsd 3:14; 4 Macc 15:24; 16:22; 17:2; Philo, Abr. 270; 271; 273, Mut. Nom. 182, Migr. Abr. 43f, Conf. Lingu. 31, Poster. Cai. 13 [on faith in Philo s. the lit. given under πιστεύω 2aα]; Jos, C. Ap. 2, 163; 169; Just., A I, 52, 1 πίστιν ἔχειν; 53, 11 πειθὼ καὶ πίστιν … ἐμφορῆσαι), in our lit. directed toward God and Christ, their revelations, teachings, promises, their power and readiness to aid.ⓐ God: πίστις θεοῦ (cp. Jos., Ant. 17, 179.—Cp. π. καὶ φόβος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 7 [p. 72, 26]) faith, trust, confidence in God Mk 11:22; cp. Ac 19:20 D; 1 Cl 3:4; 27:3. π. θείου πνεύμαπος faith in the divine spirit Hm 11:9. ἡ π. τοῦ κυρίου Hs 6, 3, 6. π. (καὶ ἐλπὶς) εἰς θεόν 1 Pt 1:21. π. ἐπὶ θεόν Hb 6:1. ἡ πίστις ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8 (on the constr. w. πρὸς τ. θ. cp. Philo, Abr. 268; 271; 273; Just., D. 121, 2 διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον π.).—πίστις can also be characterized as faith in God by the context, without the addition of specific words; so in connection w. OT personalities: Abraham Ro 4:5, 9, 11–13, 16, 19f (s. also 2dα below); 1 Cl 10:7; 31:2; of Rahab 12:1, 8; of Esther 55:6 (ἡ τελεία κατὰ πίστιν). The OT heroes of faith Hb 11:4–33, 39 (w. this catalogue of heroes cp. Il. 4, 457–538; 2 Km 23:8–39; 1 Ch 11:10–12:18; CGordon, Homer, and the Bible: HUCA 26, ’55, 83).—But in Hb it is also true that God is specifically the object of the Christian’s faith, and Christ 12:2 is ὁ τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸς καὶ τελειώτης. Cp. 10:38; 11:3; 13:7. (On faith in Hb s. Schlatter, Der Glaube im NT4 1927, 520ff; BHeigl, Verfasser u. Adresse des Hb 1905, 109–18; GHoennicke, Die sittl. Anschauungen des Hb: ZWT 45, 1902, 26ff; Windisch, Hdb. exc. on Hb 11; Riggenbach and Michel on Hb 11; Strathmann on 10:38. S. ὑπόστασις end.)—ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν Mt 17:20. Opp. doubt 21:21. αἰτεῖν ἐν πίστει μηδὲν διακρινόμενος Js 1:6. ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως 5:15 (εὐχή 1). ἡ πίστις τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν faith in the working of God, who raised him from the dead Col 2:12.ⓑ Christα. of belief and trust in the Lord’s help in physical and spiritual distress; oft. in the synopt. gospels: Mt 8:10; 9:2, 22, 29 (κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν); 15:28; Mk 2:5; 4:40; 5:34; 10:52; Lk 5:20; 7:9, 50; 8:25, 48; 17:19; 18:42.—Cp. ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι (the lame man) had faith that he would be cured Ac 14:9.β. of faith in Christ, designated by the addition of certain words. By the obj. gen. (s. Just., D. 52, 4 διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς τοῦ χριστοῦ) πίστις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ faith in Jesus Christ (and sim. exprs. On interp. as obj. gen. s. AHultgren, NovT 22, ’80, 248–63 [lit.]; response SWilliams, CBQ 49, ’87, 431–47.) Ro 3:22, 26; Gal 2:16ab, 20; 3:22; Eph 3:12; Phil 3:9a; Js 2:1; Rv 14:12; cp. 2:13 (ἡ πίστις μου=faith in me, the Human One [Son of Man]); IMg 1:1. (The πίστις Χριστοῦ in Paul is taken as a subj. gen. by JHaussleiter, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1891, Was versteht Paulus unter christlichem Glauben?: Greifswalder Studien für HCremer 1895, 161–82 and GKittel, StKr 79, 1906, 419ff. See also Schläger, ZNW 7, 1906, 356–58; BLongenecker, NTS 39, ’93, 478–80 [lit. since ’81]; DCampbell, JBL 113, ’94, 265–85; response BDodd, 114, ’95, 470–73.—ADeissmann, Paulus2 1925, 125f [Paul, tr. WWilson, 1926, 162ff], speaks of the mystical gen., ‘faith in Christ’. Likew. HWeber, Die Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff, esp. 231, 3; WWeber, Christusmystik 1924, 82. S. also LAlbrecht, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1921; OSchmitz, Die Christusgemeinschaft des Pls im Lichte seines Genetivgebr. 1924, 91–134; OHoltzmann, D. Glaube an Jes.: Stromata 1930, 11–25; GTaylor, JBL 85, ’66, 58–76: the passages in Gal=Christ’s reliability as a trustee. Cp. GHoward, HTR 60, ’67, 459–65; MHooker, NTS 35, ’89, 321–42.)—By prepositional phrases: πίστις εἰς Χριστόν (and sim. exprs.) faith in Christ Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5 (Just., D. 40, 1).—Also πίστις ἐν Χριστῷ (and sim.) Gal 3:26; Eph 1:15; Col 1:4; 1 Ti 3:13; 2 Ti 3:15; 1 Cl 22:1. In ἱλαστήριον διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι Ro 3:25, ἐν κτλ. prob. goes not w. πίστις, but w. ἱλαστήριον (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; W-S. §20, 5d).—πίστις, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τ. κύριον Ἰησοῦν Phlm 5.—πίστις διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστοῦ Ac 20:21 D; sim. ἡ πίστις ἡ διʼ αὐτοῦ 3:16b (cp. 1 Pt 1:21).—Jesus Christ is called ἡ τελεία πίστις ISm 10:2.ⓒ πίστις can also be characterized by an objective gen. of the thing: ἡ πίστις τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ faith in his (Jesus’) name Ac 3:16a. ἡ πίστις τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Phil 1:27. εὐαγγελίων πίστις Dg 11:6. πίστις ἀληθείας 2 Th 2:13.ⓓ πίστις is found mostly without an obj., faith, firm commitmentα. as true piety, genuine devotion (Sextus 7a and 7; ParJer 6:7), which for our lit. means being a Christian (τὸ ἀληθινὸν πάσχα … πίστει νονούμενον Hippol., Ref. 8, 18, 1; Did., Gen. 54, 11) Lk 18:8 (s. Jülicher, Gleichn. 288); 22:32; Ac 6:5=vs. 8 v.l.; cp. 11:24.—6:7; 13:8; 14:22; 15:9; 16:5; Ro 1:5, 8, 12, 17ab (ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν does not mean a gradation [as, in a way, Appian, Mithrid. 40 §154: Sulla came upon ἕτερον ὅμοιον ἐξ ἑτέρου=one wall, i.e. fortification, after another similar one] or a transition from one kind to another [Himerius, Or.=Ecl. 10, 6 ἐκ ᾠδῆς εἰς ᾠδὴν ἄλλην μετέβαλον=they changed from one kind of song to another], but merely expresses in a rhetorical way that πίστις is the beginning and the end; s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc., and a grave-ins [ANock, Sallust. p. xxxiii, 94] ἐκ γῆς εἰς γῆν ὁ βίος οὗτοσ=‘dust is the beginning and the end of human life’.—AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54); 17c (here and in Gal 3:11 the LXX of Hab 2:4 [DCampbell, JBL 116, ’97, 713–19] is not followed literally, since it has ἐκ πίστεώς μου=‘as a result of my faithfulness’; even in Hb 10:38, where μου does occur, it goes w. δίκαιος, not w. πίστεως); Ro 3:27f (Luther’s addition of the word ‘alone’ in vs. 28 is hard to contest linguistically. Cp., e.g., Diog. L. 9, 6: Heraclitus wrote his work in very obscure language ὅπως οἱ δυνάμενοι προσίοιεν αὐτῷ=in order that only the capable might approach it. S. also Fitzmyer, ABComm. 360–64), 30f; 4:5–20 (s. also 2a above); 5:1f; 9:30, 32; 10:6, 17; 11:20 (opp. ἀπιστία); 12:3, 6 (s. ἀναλογία; for a difft. view 3 below); 14:1, 22 (s. ἐνώπιον 2b; others would place in 2dε), 23ab (but s. ε below); 16:26; 1 Cor 2:5; 15:14, 17; 16:13; 2 Cor 1:24ab; 4:13; 10:15; 13:5; Gal 3:7–26; 5:5, 6 (s. ἐνεργέω 1b); 6:10 (οἱ οἰκεῖοι τῆς πίστεως, s. οἰκεῖος b); Eph 2:8; 3:17; 4:5, 13; 6:16; Phil 1:25 (χαρὰ τῆς πίστεως); 2:17; 3:9b; Col 1:23; 2:7; 1 Th 3:2, 5, 7, 10; 2 Th 1:3, 11; 3:2; 1 Ti 1:2, 4, 5 (π. ἀνυπόκριτος), 19ab; 4:1; 5:8; 6:10, 12, 21 (but s. 3 below); 2 Ti 1:5 (ἀνυπόκριτος π.); 2:18; 3:8; Tit 1:1, 4, 13; 3:15; Phlm 6 (s. κοινωνία 4); Hb 6:12; 10:22, 39 (opp. ὑποστολή); Js 1:3; 2:5; 1 Pt 1:5, 7, 9; 5:9; 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:4; 1 Cl 1:2 (ἡ πανάρετος κ. βεβαία π.); ISm 1:1 (ἀκίνητος π.); Hm 5, 2, 1; 12, 5, 4 (both πλήρης ἐν τῇ πίστει full of faith); 5, 2, 3 (π. ὁλόκληρος); 9:6 (ὁλοτελὴς ἐν τ. π.), 7 (opp. διψυχία), 12 (π. ἡ ἔχουσα δύναμιν); 12, 6, 1; Hs 9, 19, 2 (ἀπὸ τῆς π. κενοί); 9, 26, 8 (κολοβοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς π. αὐτῶν).—τὸ ῥῆμα τ. πίστεως Ro 10:8. οἱ λόγοι τῆς π. 1 Ti 4:6. τὸ μυστήριον τῆς π. 3:9. ὁ θεὸς ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως God has opened the door of faith to the Gentiles, i.e. opened the way for them to participate in a new relationship w. God Ac 14:27 (s. also θύρα 1bγ). ἀκοὴ πίστεως Gal 3:2, 5 (s. ἀκοή 2 and 4b). (τὸ) ἔργον (τῆς) π. 1 Th 1:3; 2 Th 1:11 (s. ἔργον 1b). οἱ ἐκ πίστεως the people of faith (s. ἐκ 3b) Gal 3:7, 9. πῶς οὐν [πίστιν εὑρ]ίσκομεν; Ox 1081, 25f (but here [ταῦτα γιγν]ώ̣σκομεν is the preferable restoration w. Till after the Coptic SJCh 90, 2); 32. Of gnostics τοῦ ὄφεως πίστιν ἔχουσιν AcPlCor 2:20.—If the principal component of Christianity is faith, then π. can be understood as the Gospel in terms of the commitment it evokes (cp. SIG 932, 7 [II/I B.C.]) νῦν εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν πίστιν ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει Gal 1:23 (s. 3 below). Perh. also Ro 1:5.β. Hb 11:1 defines πίστις as ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων. There is here no qu. about the mng. of π. as confidence or assurance (s. 2a above), but on its relation to ὑπόστασις as its predication s. under that word.—(Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 18 interprets πιστεύειν in someth. as incapability to see someth. that is apparent only to God.) Paul contrasts walking διὰ εἴδους (εἶδος 3) as the lower degree, with διὰ πίστεως περιπατεῖν 2 Cor 5:7 (s. KDeissner, Pls. u. die Mystik seiner Zeit2 1921, 101ff). On the other hand πίστις is on a higher level than merely listening to Christian preaching Hb 4:2.γ. πίστις abs., as a Christian virtue, is often coupled w. others of the same kind, esp. oft. w. ἀγάπη: 1 Th 3:6; 5:8; 1 Ti 1:14; 2 Ti 1:13; Phlm 5; B 11:8; IEph 1:1; 9:1; 14:1; 20:1; IMg 1:2; 13:1; IRo ins; ISm ins; 6:1; 13:2; AcPl Ha 8, 35. W. ἀγάπη and other abstracts 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 5:22; Eph 6:23; 1 Ti 2:15; 4:12; 6:11: 2 Ti 2:22; 3:10; Tit 2:2; Rv 2:19; IPhld 11:2; Pol 4:2; Hm 8:9; cp. v 3, 8, 2–5. The triad πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη 1 Cor 13:13; cp. also Col 1:4f; 1 Th 1:3; 5:8; B 1:4 (on this triad see s.v. ἀγάπη 1aα). W. ἐλπίς only (cp. 1 Pt 1:21) 1 Cl 58:2. The ζωῆς ἐλπίς is called ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος πίστεως ἡμῶν B 1:6.—W. ἀλήθεια (TestLevi 8:2) 1 Ti 2:7 (cp. the combination POxy 70, 4f [III A.D.]); 1 Cl 60:4. W. δικαιοσύνη Pol 9:2. W. ὑπομονή Rv 13:10; w. ὑπομ. and other abstracts 2 Pt 1:5f; Pol 13:2 (cp. also the following passages already referred to in this section: 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 3:10; Tit 2:2 and Js 1:3 [α above]). W. γνῶσις (Just., D. 69, 1) et al. 2 Pt 1:5f [s. above]; D 10:2. ἵνα μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν τελείαν ἔχητε τὴν γνῶσιν B 1:5. W. φόβος and ἐγκράτεια Hm 6, 1, 1.—(Distinguished from θεία σοφία: Orig., C. Cels. 6, 13, 23.)δ. faith as fidelity to Christian teaching. This point of view calls for ἔργα as well as the kind of πίστις that represents only one side of true piety: Js 2:14ab, 17, 18abc, 20, 22ab, 24, 26 (ἔργον 1a); Hv 3, 6, 5; Hs 8, 9, 1ab.ε. Ro 14:22 and 23 π. as freedom or strength in faith, conviction (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but s. α above).ζ. In addition to the πίστις that every Christian possesses (s. 2dα above) Paul speaks of a special gift of faith that belongs to a select few 1 Cor 12:9. Here he understands π. as an unquestioning belief in God’s power to aid people with miracles, the faith that ‘moves mountains’ 13:2 (cp. Mt 17:20.—21:21; s. 2a above). This special kind of faith may be what the disciples had in mind when they asked πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν Lk 17:5; cp. vs. 6. τῇ πίστει φερόμενος ὁ Παυλος AcPl Ha 5, 1.③ that which is believed, body of faith/belief/teaching (Diod S 1, 23, 8 ἰσχυρὰν πίστιν καὶ ἀμετάθετον=an article of faith that was firm and unshakable [concerning Orpheus and Dionysus]; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 8, 1; Iren., 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I, 92, 1]; Orig., C. Cels., 1, 42, 26; Did., Gen. 156, 23). So clearly Jd 3 (τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει), 20 (τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει.—ἅγιος 1aα). πίστις θεοῦ=that which, acc. to God’s will, is to be believed IEph 16:2.—This objectivizing of the term πίστις is found as early as Paul: Ro 1:5; Gal 1:23 (s. 2dα end) and perh. Gal 3:23–25 (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). ASeeberg, D. Katechismus der Urchristenheit 1903, 110f, understands 1 Ti 1:19; 4:1, 6; 6:10, cp. 21; 2 Ti 2:18 in this manner. Ro 12:6 (but s. ἀναλογία) and 2 Ti 4:7 are also interpreted in this way by many.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 475–86; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT4 1927; APott, Das Hoffen im NT in seiner Beziehung zum Glauben1915; ANairne, The Faith of the NT 1920; RGyllenberg, Pistis 1922; WKümmel, D. Glaube im NT: ThBl 16, ’38, 209–21; Dodd 65–68; TTorrance, ET 68, ’57, 111–14; CMoule, ibid. 157.—Synoptics: TShearer, ET 69, ’57, 3–6.—Esp. for Paul: BBartmann, Pls, die Grundzüge seiner Lehre u. die moderne Religionsgeschichte 1914; WMorgan, The Religion and Theology of Paul 1917; WHatch, The Pauline Idea of Faith in Its Relation to Jewish and Hellenistic Religion 1917; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 4:25; FKnoke, Der christl. Glaube nach Pls 1922; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Pls: ZNW 22, 1923, 43–57; EWissmann, Das Verh. v. πίστις und Christusfrömmigkeit bei Pls 1926; MDibelius, Glaube u. Mystik b. Pls: Neue Jahrb. f. Wissensch. u. Jugendbildg. 7, ’31, 683–99; WMundle, D. Glaubensbegriff des Pls ’32 (p. xi–xvi extensive bibliog.); RGyllenberg, Glaube b. Pls: ZWT 13, ’37, 612–30; MHansen, Om Trosbegrebet hos Pls ’37; LMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics, ’47, 270–77; 298–300; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 310–26 (Engl. tr. KGrobel I ’51, 314–30; for the Johannines II, 70–92, ’55); MMassinger, BiblSacra 107, ’50, 181–94 et al. S. also δικαιοσύνη 3a.—For the Fourth Gosp.: JBuswell, The Ethics of ‘Believe’ in the Fourth Gospel: BiblSacra 80, 1923, 28–37; JHuby, De la connaissance de foi chez S. Jean: RSR 21, ’31, 385–421; RSchnackenburg, D. Glaube im 4. Ev., diss. Breslau ’37; WHatch, The Idea of Faith in Christ. Lit. fr. the Death of St. Paul to the Close of the Second Century 1926.—EGraesser, D. Glaube im Hebräerbrief, ’65.—ABaumeister, D. Ethik des Pastor Hermae, 1912, 61–140.—ESeidl, π. in d. griech. Lit. (to Peripatetics), diss. Innsbruck, ’53; HLjungman, Pistis, ’64; DLührmann, Pistis im Judent., ZNW 64, ’73, 19–38. On faith in late Judaism s. Bousset, Rel.3 534a (index); also DHay, JBL 108, ’89, 4611–76; DLindsay, Josephus and Faith ’93. On the Hellenistic concept πίστις Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 234–36.—DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. -
76 ἁμαρτία
ἁμαρτία, ίας, ἡ (w. mngs. ranging fr. involuntary mistake/ error to serious offenses against a deity: Aeschyl., Antiphon, Democr.+; ins fr. Cyzicus JHS 27, 1907, p. 63 [III B.C.] ἁμαρτίαν μετανόει; PLips 119 recto, 3; POxy 1119, 11; LXX; En, TestSol, TestAbr, TestJob, Test12Patr; JosAs 12:14; ParJer, ApcEsdr, ApcSed, ApcMos; EpArist 192; Philo; Jos., Ant. 13, 69 al.; Ar. [Milne 76, 42]; Just., A I, 61, 6; 10; 66, 1, D. 13, 1 al.; Tat. 14, 1f; 20, 1; Mel., P. 50, 359; 55, 400; s. ClR 24, 1910, 88; 234; 25, 1911, 195–97).① a departure fr. either human or divine standards of uprightnessⓐ sin (w. context ordinarily suggesting the level of heinousness), the action itself (ἁμάρτησις s. prec.), as well as its result (ἁμάρτημα), πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁ. ἐστίν 1J 5:17 (cp. Eur., Or. 649; Gen 50:17). ἁ. w. ἀνομήματα Hv 1, 3, 1; descr. as ἀνομία (cp. Ps 58:3; TestJob 43:17) 1J 3:4; but one who loves is far from sin Pol 3:3, cp. Js 5:20; 1 Pt 4:8, 1 Cl 49:5; Agr 13. ἀναπληρῶσαι τὰς ἁ. fill up the measure of sins (Gen 15:16) 1 Th 2:16. κοινωνεῖν ἁ. ἀλλοτρίαις 1 Ti 5:22. ποιεῖν ἁ. commit a sin (Tob 12:10; 14:7S; Dt 9:21) 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; Js 5:15; 1J 3:4, 8. For this ἁμαρτάνειν ἁ. (Ex 32:30; La 1:8) 1J 5:16; ἐργάζεσθαι ἁ. Js 2:9; Hm 4, 1, 2 (LXX oft. ἐργάζ. ἀδικίαν or ἀνομίαν). μεγάλην ἁ. ἐργάζεσθαι commit a great sin m 4, 1, 1; 8:2. Pl. (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a τὰ μεγάλα ἁμαρτήματα κ. ἀδικήματα) Hs 7:2. ἐπιφέρειν ἁ. τινί Hv 1, 2, 4. ἑαυτῷ ἁ. ἐπιφέρειν bring sin upon oneself m 11:4; for this ἁ. ἐπισπᾶσθαί τινι m 4, 1, 8 (cp. Is 5:18). προστιθέναι ταῖς ἁ. add to one’s sins (cp. προσέθηκεν ἁμαρτίας ἐφʼ ἁμαρτίας PsSol 3:10) Hv 5:7; m 4, 3, 7; Hs 6, 2, 3; 8, 11, 3; φέρειν ἁ. 1 Cl 16:4 (Is 53:4). ἀναφέρειν vs. 14 (Is 53:12). γέμειν ἁμαρτιῶν B 11:11. εἶναι ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις 1 Cor 15:17 (cp. Alex. Aphr., Eth. Probl. 9 II 2 p. 129, 13 ἐν ἁμαρτήμασιν εἶναι).—Sin viewed from the perspective of God’s or Christ’s response: ἀφιέναι τὰς ἁ. let go = forgive sins (Lev 4:20 al.) Mt 9:2, 5f; Mk 2:5, 7, 9f; Lk 5:20ff; Hv 2, 2, 4; 1 Cl 50:5; 53:5 (Ex 32:32) al. (ἀφίημι 2); hence ἄφεσις (τῶν) ἁμαρτιῶν (Iren. 1, 21, 2 [Harv. I 182, 4]) forgiveness of sins Mt 26:28; Mk 1:4; Lk 1:77; 3:3; 24:47; Ac 2:38; 5:31; 10:43; 13:38; Hm 4, 3, 2; B 5:1; 6:11; 8:3; 11:1; 16:8. διδόναι ἄφεσιν ἁ. AcPl Ha 2, 30; λαβεῖν ἄφεσιν ἁ. receive forgiveness of sins Ac 26:18 (Just., D. 54 al); καθαρίζειν τὰς ἁ. cleanse the sins (thought of as a stain) Hs 5, 6, 3; καθαρίζειν ἀπὸ ἁ. 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4; cp. Sir 23:10; PsSol 10:1); also καθαρισμὸν ποιεῖσθαι τῶν ἁ. Hb 1:3; ἀπολούεσθαι τὰς ἁ. Ac 22:16 ([w. βαπτίζειν] Just., D. 13, 1 al.). λύτρον ἁ. ransom for sins B 19:10.—αἴρειν J 1:29; περιελεῖν ἁ. Hb 10:11; ἀφαιρεῖν (Ex 34:9; Is 27; 9) vs. 4; Hs 9, 28, 3; ῥυσθῆναι ἀπὸ ἁ. 1 Cl 60:3; ἀπὸ τῶν ἁ. ἀποσπασθῆναι AcPlCor 2:9. Sin as a burden αἱ ἁ. κατεβάρησαν Hs 9, 28, 6; as a disease ἰᾶσθαι Hs 9, 28, 5 (cp. Dt 30:3); s. also the verbs in question.—Looked upon as an entry in a ledger; hence ἐξαλείφεται ἡ ἁ. wiped away, cancelled (Ps 108:14; Jer 18:23; Is 43:25) Ac 3:19.—Opp. στῆσαι τὴν ἁ. 7:60; λογίζεσθαι ἁ. take account of sin (as a debt; cp. the commercial metaphor Ro 4:6 and s. FDanker, Gingrich Festschr. 104, n. 2) Ro 4:8 (Ps 31:2); 1 Cl 60:2 (Just., D. 141, 3). Pass. ἁ. οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται is not entered in the account Ro 5:13 (GFriedrich, TLZ 77, ’52, 523–28). Of sinners ὀφειλέτης ἁ. Pol 6:1 (cp. SIG 1042, 14–16 [II A.D.] ὸ̔ς ἂν δὲ πολυπραγμονήσῃ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἢ περιεργάσηται, ἁμαρτίαν ὀφιλέτω Μηνὶ Τυράννωι, ἣν οὐ μὴ δύνηται ἐξειλάσασθαι).—γινώσκειν ἁ. (cp. Num 32:23) Ro 7:7; Hm 4, 1, 5. ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας Ro 3:20; ὁμολογεῖν τὰς ἁ. 1J 1:9; ἐξομολογεῖσθε ἐπὶ ταῖς ἁ. B 19:12; ἐξομολογεῖσθαι τὰς ἁ. Mt 3:6; Mk 1:5; Hv 3, 1, 5f; Hs 9, 23, 4; ἐξομολογεῖσθε ἀλλήλοις τὰς ἁ. confess your sins to each other Js 5:16.—ἐλέγχειν τινὰ περὶ ἁ. convict someone of sin J 8:46; cp. ἵνα σου τὰς ἁ. ἐλέγξω πρὸς τὸν κύριον that I might reveal your sins before the Lord Hv 1, 1, 5.—σεσωρευμένος ἁμαρτίαις loaded down w. sins 2 Ti 3:6; cp. ἐπισωρεύειν ταῖς ἁ. B 4:6; ἔνοχος τῆς ἁ. involved in the sin Hm 2:2; 4, 1, 5. μέτοχος τῆς ἁ. m 4, 1, 9.—In Hb sin is atoned for (ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς ἁ. 2:17) by sacrifices θυσίαι ὑπὲρ ἁ. 5:1 (cp. 1 Cl 41:2). προσφορὰ περὶ ἁ. sin-offering 10:18; also simply περὶ ἁ. (Lev 5:11; 7:37) vss. 6, 8 (both Ps 39:7; cp. 1 Pt 3:18); προσφέρειν περὶ ἁ. bring a sin-offering Hb 5:3; cp. 10:12; 13:11. Christ has made the perfect sacrifice for sin 9:23ff; συνείδησις ἁ. consciousness of sin 10:2; ἀνάμνησις ἁ. a reminder of sins of the feast of atonement vs. 3.ⓑ special sins (ἁ. τῆς ἀποστασίας Iren. 5, 26, 2 [Harv. II 397, 4]): πρὸς θάνατον that leads to death 1J 5:16b (ἁμαρτάνω e); opp. οὐ πρὸς θάνατον vs. 17. μεγάλη ἁ. a great sin Hv 1, 1, 8 al. (Gen 20:9; Ex 32:30 al.; cp. Schol. on Pla., Tht. 189d ἁμαρτήματα μεγάλα). μείζων ἁ. m 11:4; ἥττων 1 Cl 47:4. μεγάλη κ. ἀνίατος Hm 5, 2, 4; τέλειαι ἁ. Hv 1, 2, 1; B 8:1, cp. τὸ τέλειον τῶν ἁ. 5:11 (Philo, Mos. 1, 96 κατὰ τῶν τέλεια ἡμαρτηκότων); ἡ προτέρα ἁ. (Arrian, Anab. 7, 23, 8 εἴ τι πρότερον ἡμάρτηκας) sin committed before baptism Hm 4, 1, 11; 4, 3, 3; Hs 8, 11, 3; cp. v 2, 1, 2.② a state of being sinful, sinfulness, a prominent feature in Johannine thought, and opposed to ἀλήθεια; hence ἁ. ἔχειν J 9:41; 15:24; 1J 1:8. μείζονα ἁ. ἔχειν J 19:11; ἁ. μένει 9:41. γεννᾶσθαι ἐν ἁμαρτίαις be born in sin 9:34 (ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ v.l).; opp. ἐν ἁ. ἀποθανεῖν die in sin 8:21, 24; AcPl Ha 1, 16. ἁ. ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1J 3:5.③ a destructive evil power, sinⓐ Paul thinks of sin almost in pers. terms (cp. Sir 27:10; Mel., P. 50, 359; PGM 4, 1448 w. other divinities of the nether world, also Ἁμαρτίαι χθόνιαι; Dibelius, Geisterwelt 119ff) as a ruling power that invades the world. Sin came into the world Ro 5:12 (JFreundorfer, Erbsünde u. Erbtod b. Ap. Pls 1927; ELohmeyer, ZNW 29, 1930, 1–59; JSchnitzer, D. Erbsünde im Lichte d. Religionsgesch. ’31; ROtto, Sünde u. Urschuld ’32; FDanker, Ro 5:12: Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’67/68, 424–39), reigns there vs. 21; 6:14; everything was subject to it Gal 3:22; people serve it Ro 6:6; are its slaves vss. 17, 20; are sold into its service 7:14 or set free from it 6:22; it has its law 7:23; 8:2; it revives (ἀνέζησεν) Ro 7:9 or is dead vs. 8; it pays its wages, viz., death 6:23, cp. 5:12 (see lit. s.v. ἐπί 6c). As a pers. principle it dwells in humans Ro 7:17, 20, viz., in the flesh (s. σάρξ 2cα) 8:3; cp. vs. 2; 7:25. The earthly body is hence a σῶμα τῆς ἁ. 6:6 (Col 2:11 v.l.).—As abstr. for concr. τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁ. ὑπέρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν (God) made him, who never sinned, to be sin (i.e. the guilty one) for our sakes 2 Cor 5:21.ⓑ In Hb (as in OT) sin appears as the power that deceives humanity and leads it to destruction, whose influence and activity can be ended only by sacrifices (s. 1a end): ἀπάτη τῆς ἁ. Hb 3:13.—On the whole word s. ἁμαρτάνω, end. GMoore, Judaism I 445–52; ABüchler, Studies in Sin and Atonement in the Rabb. Lit. of the I Cent. 1928; WKnuth, D. Begriff der Sünde b. Philon v. Alex., diss. Jena ’34; EThomas, The Problem of Sin in the NT 1927; Dodd 76–81; DDaube, Sin, Ignorance and Forgiveness in the Bible, ’61; AGelin and ADescamps, Sin in the Bible, ’65.—On the special question ‘The Christian and Sin’ see PWernle 1897; HWindisch 1908; EHedström 1911; RBultmann, ZNW 23, 1924, 123–40; Windisch, ibid. 265–81; RSchulz, D. Frage nach der Selbsttätigkt. d. Menschen im sittl. Leben b. Pls., diss. Hdlb. ’40.—JAddison, ATR 33, ’51, 137–48; KKuhn, πειρασμός ἁμαρτία σάρξ im NT: ZTK 49, ’52, 200–222; JBremer, Hamartia ’69 (Gk. views).—B. 1182. EDNT. DELG s.v. ἁμαρτάνω. M-M. TW. -
77 βίος
A life, i. e. not animal life ([etym.] ζωή), but mode of life (cf.εἰ χρόνον τις λέγοι ψυχῆς ἐν κινήσει μετα βατικῇ ἐξ ἄλλου εἰς ἄλλον βίον ζωὴν εἶναι Plot.3.7.11
), manner of living (mostly therefore of men, v. Ammon. p.32 V.; but also of animals,διεχώριζον ζῴων τε βίον δένδρων τε φύσιν Epicr.11.14
, cf. X.Mem.3.11.6, etc.; alsoζῆν φυτοῦ βίον Arist. GA 736b13
);ζώεις δ' ἀγαθὸν βίον Od. 15.491
;ἐμὸν βίον ἀμφιπολεύειν 18.254
;αἰῶνα βίοιο Hes.Fr. 161
;τὸν μακρὸν τείνειν βίον A.Pr. 537
(lyr.);ὁ καθ' ἡμέραν β. S.OC 1364
;βίον διαγαγεῖν Ar. Pax 439
; ;διατελεῖν Isoc.6.45
; διέρχεσθαι βίου τέλος dub.in Pi.I.4(3).5;τελευτᾶν Isoc.4.84
;ὑπ' ἄλλου τελευτῆσαι β. Pl.Lg. 870e
;ἐπειδὰν τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου βίου τελευτήσω X.Cyr.8.7.17
;τέρμα βίου περᾶν S.OT 1530
;ὁδὸς βίου Isoc.1.5
, cf. X.Mem.2.1.21; ; prov., ὁ ἐπὶ Κρόνου βίος 'the Golden Age', Id.Ath.16.7; soΤαρτησσοῦ β. Him.Ecl.10.11
;β. ζωῆς Pl.Epin. 982a
(cf. βιοτή); ζῆν θαλάττιον β. Antiph.100
;ἀμέριμνον ζῆν β. Philem.92.8
;λαγὼ β. ζῆν δεδιὼς καὶ τρέμων D.18.263
;σκληρὸς τῷ β. Men.Georg.66
: rarely in pl., Alex.116.6 and 11, Men.855; τίνες καὶ πόσοι εἰσὶ β.; Pl.Lg. 733d, cf. Arist.EN 1095b15, Pol. 1256a20.2 in Poets sts. = ζωή, βίον ἐκπνέων A.Ag. 1517 (lyr.); ;φείδεσθαι βίου Id.Ph. 749
; νοσφίζειν τινὰ βίου ib. 1427, etc.3 lifetime,ἐς τὸν ἅπαντα ἀνθρώπων β. Hdt.6.109
;τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ σοῦ β. γεγονότων λόγων Pl.Phdr. 242a
, cf. PMagd.18.7 (iii B. C.), etc.II livelihood, means of living (in Hom. βίοτος), βίος ἐπηετανός Hes.Op.31
, Pi.N.6.10; τὸν βίον κτᾶσθαι, ποιεῖσθαι, ἔχειν ἀπό τινος, to make one's living off, to live by a thing, Hdt.8.106, Th.1.5, X.Oec.6.11; , cf. 933, 1282;κτᾶσθαι πλοῦτον καὶ βίον τέκνοις E. Supp. 450
; πλείον' ἐκμοχθεῖν β. ib. 451; β. πολύς ib. 861; ;βίον κεκτημένος Philem.99.4
; ὁ ῐδιος β. private property, AJA17.29 (i B. C.), cf. SIG762.40, Iamb.VP30.170; β. Δημήτριος, = corn, A.Fr.44.III the world we live in, 'the world', οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ β., opp. the philosophers, S.E.M.11.49; simplyὁ βίος Id.P.1.211
; ὁ β. ὁ κοινός ib. 237;μυθικὰς ὑποθέσεις ὧν μεστὸς ὁ β. ἐστί Ph.1.226
; ἐκκαθαίρειν τὸν β., of Hercules, Luc.DDeor.13.1; τὸν βίον μιμούμενοι, of comic poets, Sch. Heph.p.115C.; also, 'the public',ἵνα ὁ β. εἰδῇ τίνα δεῖ μετακαλεῖσθαι Sor.1.4
.V a life, biography, as those of Plu., Thes.1, cf. Ph.2.180.VIII Astrol., the second region, Paul.Al.L.2. (Cf. Skt. jīv´s 'alive', j[imacracute]vati 'live', Lat. uīvus, etc.) -
78 οὐ
οὐ, the negative ofA fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.A USAGE.I as the negative of single words,II as the negative of the sentence.I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g.εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained,εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
;εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
;ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή)φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles:οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives:οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.;οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs:οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.II as negativing the whole sentence,1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. withoutμά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.2 with ind. of statement,τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495;οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ;οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
;οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., ; , cf. 11.387.4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., , 20.286.5 with opt. andἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing,ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. andἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; , cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq.,ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning,χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
;ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
;διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
;μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.;νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
;ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; , etc.: in causal relative sentences,οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as , cf. Hec. 298;οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. withἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411;οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
;οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic.,εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion,μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
;κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so alsoδεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
;Id.
15.23, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged,εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
;E.
Ion 347.8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta,φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.;λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18;οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses,οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.;αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, ; . 3; , etc.; or into a causal sentence,τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
;τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, , cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., , etc.;ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; , cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found,ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
;τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
;οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
;τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; , cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43;τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v.μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used,τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
;τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; (whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137;ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
;ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article,ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
;A.
Pr. 956: so as a strong form of imper., ;E.
Ion 524; ;Din.
1.18; ;Ar.
Ach. 484; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives,οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; ;οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free,κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79;χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause,καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
;ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end,βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
;οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
;ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; soτὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. withὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.;Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause afterμέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b;κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., ;ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; : the first neg. may be a compd.,καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; (similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ; οὐ follows the compd. neg.,οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν )ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis,οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
;οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; : so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587;θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; (but prob. f.l.);οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force,ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
;ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g.οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, , cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.;οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; ;ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49;ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d;ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence,ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, ;σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
;ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as inἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., , etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, .—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess.,οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf.οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse,ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
;ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B), ;A.
Ag. 273,Fr. 310; ;Id.
Supp. 918, Ar. Pax 1027;ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared. -
79 φέρω
φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.Aἤφεραν IG3.1379
), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.φέρτε Il.9.171
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.φέρῃσι Il.18.308
, Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.φερέμεν Il.9.411
, al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.φέρον 3.245
; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.II [tense] fut.οἴσω Il.7.82
, etc.; [dialect] Dor.οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11
; [ per.] 1pl.οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133
; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.οἶσε Od.22.106
, 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;οἰσέτω Il.19.173
, Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.οἰσόντων Antim.15
; inf.οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102
, [dialect] Ep.οἰσέμεν Od.3.429
,οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120
, Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.οἶσαι Ph.1.611
codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.οἴσομαι Il.22.217
, S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7
, al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45
, Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.προοῖσται Luc.Par.2
; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg. (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, butἤνεγκα S.El. 13
, E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dualδι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b
; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37
, al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg. , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg. (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; butἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33
, 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847
: subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg. , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, butἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84
(anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf. , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21
, S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21
([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we findἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53
, and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper. ); [ per.] 2sg. , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg. , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b
, ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188
: part.ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131
, ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.ἔνεικε Od.21.178
, inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625
; [ per.] 2sg.ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255
; [ per.] 3sg.ἤνεικε Od.18.300
, al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικε Il.15.705
, al.; [ per.] 1pl.ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43
; [ per.] 3pl.ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30
, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικαν Il.9.306
; imper. [ per.] 2sg.ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3
; [ per.] 2pl.,ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393
; [ per.] 3pl.ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688
B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334
, Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788
Fr.15ii 20; part.ἐνείκας Il.17.39
, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22
(Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314
; [ per.] 3pl.ἠνείκαντο 9.127
, Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4
.2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110
(Epid., iv B. C.); Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12
, al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl. Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49
(Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381
,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12
(2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24
(Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.V other tenses: [tense] pf.ἐνήνοχα D.21.108
, 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12
, Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12
and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66
, etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115
(Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenisticἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42
(iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150
(Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53
(Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d
,εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340
;ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4
; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37
; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20
; part.κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2
, Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)A [voice] Act.,I bear or carry a load,ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568
;μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
;ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622
;χοάς A.Ch.15
;φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564
;χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429
;φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14
; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς); ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531
(lyr.);γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581
, cf. Supp. 994;καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930
codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφονβάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967
(lyr.).II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362
; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444
, cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;πόδες φέρον Il.6.514
;πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341
, etc.; of horses, 2.838;ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232
, etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17
.b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.2 of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26
; [σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330
, cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300
, 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d
;φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023
, cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.III endure, suffer,λυγρά Od.18.135
;ἄτην Hdt.1.32
; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;ξυμφοράς Th.2.60
; ; also of food,ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21
; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2
: metaph.,ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a
.2 freq. with modal words,πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82
; ;ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31
;θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80
;χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13
: esp. with an Adv., [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215
; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36
;αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104
;συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35
;ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d
, al.;εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585
, X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck) ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155
, cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
;ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a
: c. gen.,τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77
, cf. 2.62;ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21
, cf. Isoc.12.232;πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55
: c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.IV bring, fetch,εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196
;φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502
;ἄρνε 3
, 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;ἔντεα Il.18.191
;τόξα Od.21.359
; ; , etc.;γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131
:—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504
;οἶνον Alc.35
, cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282
; fetch, Od.2.410;χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470
.2 bring, offer, present,δῶρα Od.8.428
, etc.;μέλος Pi.P.2.3
; ;φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602
;πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31
; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572
, Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.b = ἄγω iv. 1,ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7
; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1
.3 bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31
;ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283
, cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132
, cf. 8.516; ;θάνατον φ. B.5.134
;τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c
; ;τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135
(lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13
(Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6
, etc.;πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22
;ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10
:—[voice] Pass.,εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3
.4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;λόγον Pi.P.8.38
;ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781
, cf. Tr. 493;ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3
: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248
(troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583
; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9
:—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);δασμόν X.An.5.5.10
; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19
;μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12
(but usu., receive, draw, pay,μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66
; ;αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17
, cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2
, cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35
.6 apply, refer, , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45
;ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7
, cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,φ. χορηγόν D.20.130
, 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.; (ii B. C.);τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13
, al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785
(lyr.).V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229
;ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110
; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139
;γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5
, cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91
; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4
; also of living beings,τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c
;ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1
; one's country,Hld.
2.29, Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (alsoἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202
); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25
; [τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9
;φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14
.VI carry off or away,Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302
;φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429
, 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199
; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11
; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.ἄγω 1.3
), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37
;ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17
;κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10
(Tamynae, iv B. C.);αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128
; of a divorced wife,αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2
; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, ;ἀλλήλους Th.1.7
; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759
:—[voice] Med. in same sense,ἔναρα Il.22.245
;πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856
;ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124
, cf. 15.378.3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308
;φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657
; ; ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651
;ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590
; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e
: also, receive one's due,φ. χάριν S.OT 764
; ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968
A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217
; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538; ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): henceοὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104
; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129; ; ;χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9
;φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2
; ;εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969
;δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638
;ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266
(lyr.);ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131
: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97
: hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122
, cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31
;ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15
; ;ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24
(but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.2 of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί orἐς θάλασσαν Hdt.4.99
; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν ib. 100;πρὸς νότον Id.7.201
; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς)καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα Ptol.Geog.2.11.2
, cf. 3.3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10
;τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90
; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991; : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3
. 134; soτὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31
;τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562
(lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d
; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.b point to, refer to a thing,ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120
; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159; , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c
;ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120
; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79
: c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223
; use a word,οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6
, cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63
: more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e
; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104
(v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11
;κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60
(Pergam., ii B. C.); are in use,Ptol.
Geog.7.4.11; of literary works, to be in circulation,ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a
, cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.1 before another imper.,φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296
(anap.);φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534
;φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b
; soφέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127
.2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14
;φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4
;φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361
, cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300
.3 before a rhetorical question,φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571
;φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788
(anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phraseφέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218
;φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183
, cf. Antipho 5.36; alsoφ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a
, al.: usu. first in a sentence, butτὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c
, etc.5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b
; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47
P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή); εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73
(Pall.).2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e
, cf. R. 345b; soὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24
; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8
.b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159
; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν
hurling themselves,Plb.
1.17.8;εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82
; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27
, cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24
;τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3
, cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24
, cf. Per.7; , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456
B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513
, cf. 16.665, 17.131;τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798
, cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a
;πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d
;τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520
;ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c
;φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b
; simply, move, go,ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309
(anap.); , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.
ap. Aët.9.12;πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19
: metaph.,εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729
;πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b
, cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30
; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b
;ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89
.3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172
; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37
;φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23
;ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59
;φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18
.II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074
;κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25
;εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17
; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60
;φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5
;χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6
; of euphonious writing,σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26
.2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3. -
80 ὑπόκειμαι
ὑπόκειμαι, used as [voice] Pass. of ὑποτίθημι, [tense] fut. ὑποκείσομαι Pi.O.1.85, etc., but [tense] aor. ὑπετέθην:—A lie under,ὑπὸ δὲ ξύλα κεῖται Il.21.364
;θεμέλιοι ὑ. Th.1.93
;τὸν μηρὸν ὑποκείμενον ἔχειν Arist.IA 712b32
, cf. PA 686a13, 689b18: c. dat.,τοιαύτης τῆς κρηπῖδος ὑποκειμένης ταῖς πολιτείαις Pl.Plt. 301e
: τὰ ὑποκείμενα, opp. τὰ ὑπερκείμενα, Sor.1.8.2 of places, lie close to,ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑπὸ τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc. 4.108
;ὑ. τὸ πεδίον τῷ ἱερῷ Aeschin.3.118
;λόφος ὑποκείμενος τοῖς Σιννάκοις Plu.Crass.29
;τὸ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὑποκεῖσθαι πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν τόπον Arist.Mete. 364a7
, cf.Pr. 941b39;<τὰ> πρὸς βορρᾶν καὶ ἄρκτον ὑποκείμενα μέρη τῶν ὀρέων Gp.2.5.1
; τὰ ὑποκείμενα ἐδάφη the adjacent soil, D.S.3.50; ἡ-κειμένη χώρα the adjacent country, ibid. (but, the adjacent low lands, Id.2.37, Plu.Sert.17);ὄρος ὑπόκειται Plb.5.59.4
codd. ( ἐπίκ- Schweigh.);ὁ ὑποκείμενος ποταμός Id.3.74.2
; ὑποκεῖσθαι πρὸς τὴν ο?ὑπόκειμαιXψιν to be presented to the sight, Demetr.Lac.Herc.1013.17.3 to be given below in the text,κατὰ τὴν.. συγγραφήν, ἧς τὸ ἀντίγραφον ὑπόκειται PCair.Zen.355.122
(iii B. C.); γράψον.. τοὺς χαρακτῆρας ὡς ὑπόκειται as below, PMag.Par.1.408; λέγε τὸν λόγον τὸν ὑποκείμενον ib.230; ὡς ὑπόκειται as below, Sammelb.5231.11 (i A. D.), etc.; also, as set forth, PKlein.Form.78 (v/vi A. D.).II in various metaph. senses,1 to be established, set before one (by oneself or another) as an aim or principle, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὗτος ἄεθλος ὑποκείσεται shall be my appointed task, Pi. l. c.; δυοῖν ὑποκειμένοιν ὀνομάτοιν two phrases being prescribed, having legal sanction, D.23.36; ὑπόκειται πρῶτον μὲν διωμοσία, δεύτερον δὲ λόγος the prescribed course is.., ib.71; μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων to abide by one's resolves, Plb.1.19.6, 2.51.1;μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς ὑ. γνώμης Id.1.40.5
; ἐμοὶ ὑπόκειται ὅτι .. for me it is a fixed principle that.., Hdt.2.123, cf. Arist.Oec. 1343b9;νομίζω συμφέρειν.. τοῦθ' ὑποκεῖσθαι D.14.3
; τῶν πραγμάτων ἐν οἷς τὰ ὑποκείμενα διαφέρει τῷ εἴδει things of which the principles differ in kind, Arist.Pol. 1275a35; τὰς ὑποκειμένας μοίρας τξ the conventional 3600, Ptol.Alm.5.1.2 to be assumed as a hypothesis (cf.ὑπόθεσις 111
), Pl.Cra. 436d, al.; ὑπέκειτο μὴ οἷόν τε εἶναι .. Id.Erx. 404b;τούτων ὑποκειμένων Id.Prt. 359a
, R. 478e; τὴν ἐκ τῶν -κειμένων ἀρίστην [πολιτείαν] the best (possible) in the circumstances, opp. to τὴν κρατίστην ἁπλῶς and to τὴν ἐξ ὑποθέσεως, Arist. Pol. 1288b26; let it be taken for granted,Id.
EN 1103b32, cf. 1129a11, al., Gal.15.175; ὑποκείσθω ὅτι .. let it be taken for granted that.., Arist.Pol. 1323b40;ὑ. εἶναι τὴν ἡδονὴν κίνησιν Id.Rh. 1369b33
: so with a nom., ὑ. ἡ ἀρετὴ εἶναι .. Id.EN 1104b27, cf. Rh. 1357a11: c. part.,τοιόνδε ζῷον ὑ. ὄν Id.GA 778b17
: without any Verb, ἡ τοῦ δέρματος φύσις ὑ. γεώδης (sc. εἶναι or οὖσα) ib. 782a29, etc.: cf. ὑποτίθημι IV. 1.4 to be in prospect, ; ; παρ' ὑμῖν ὀργὴ μεγάλη καὶ τιμωρία ὑπόκειται τοῖς τὰ ψευδῆ μαρτυροῦσι is reserved for them, Id.34.19, cf. Lycurg.130; δυοῖν κινδύνοιν -κειμένοιν ibid.;ὁρᾶν τὸν θάνατον ὑποκείμενον PPetr.3p.73
(iii B. C.); (iii B. C.);τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς μηθὲν ἀσεβὲς ἐπιτελεσαμένοις κατὰ τοὺς τοῦ πολέμου νόμους ὑπόκειται παθεῖν Plb.2.58.10
.5 to be subject to, submit to,τῷ ἄρχοντι Pl.Grg. 510c
;βασιλεῖ Philostr. VA3.20
;πατράσιν POxy. 237 vii 16
(ii A. D.);ἐξετάσεσιν PFlor.33.14
(iv A. D.);βασάνοις POxy.58.25
(iii A. D.): abs., pay court to one, ; τῷ λόγῳ to be captivated by the story, Philostr.VA6.14; subdued,Id.
VS2.4.2.6 to be subject to, liable to a penalty, Supp.Epigr.6.424, cf. 415,421, al. ([place name] Iconium), PLond.1.77.53 (vi A. D.): also c. acc.,ὑποκείσεται τῷ φίσκῳ δηνάρια πεντακόσια Rev.Phil.36.61
([place name] Iconium).7 to be pledged or mortgaged, c. gen., for a certain sum, Is.6.33, D.49.11,35;ναῦς ὑποκειμένη ἡμῖν Id.56.4
; τὰ ὑποκείμενα the articles pledged, Syngr. ap.D.35.12; the mortgaged property, SIG1044.28 (Halic., iv/iii B. C.);ἐνέχυρα-κείμενα IG12(7).58
([place name] Amorgos); ὑποκείμενοι, of slaves pledged for a sum of money, D.27.9.b of payments, to have been granted or allocated, ἀποφαίνουσιν ὑποκεῖσθαι ἐν τῇ γραφῇ τῶν εἰς τὰ ἱερὰ (sc. ὑποκειμένων)δίδοσθαι κτλ. UPZ21.4
(ii B. C.), cf. 23.21 (ii B. C.), BGU 1197.4, 1200.28 (both i B. C.): Subst. ὑποκείμενα, τά, = φιλάνθρωπα, salary ( ear-marked proceeds of taxes),τὰ ἐπιβάλλοντά μοι ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὑ. PLond.2.357.9
, cf. 5 (i A. D.);ὑ. αἰτεῖ ἀπὸ τῶν κωμῶν BGU23.12
(ii/iii A. D.), cf. OGI665.19,26 (Egypt, i A. D.): c. dat., as part of name of specific taxes,ὑ. βασιλικῇ γραμματείᾳ
ear-marked for the benefit of..,PPar.
17.22 (ii A. D.);ὑ. τοπογραμματείᾳ PSI1.101.18
(ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1436.23 (ii A. D.), etc.: also in sg.,ὑποκείμενον ἐπιστρατηγία BGU 199.14
(ii A. D.), cf. PFlor.375.22 (ii A. D.), etc.: also c. gen.,ὑ. ἐννομίου PRyl.213.72
, al. (ii A. D.); τοπαρχίας ib.73, etc.8 in Philosophy, to underlie, as the foundation in which something else inheres, to be implied or presupposed by something else,ἑκάστῳ τῶν ὀνομάτων.. ὑ. τις ἴδιος οὐσία Pl.Prt. 349b
, cf. Cra. 422d, R. 581c, Ti.Locr.97e: τὸ ὑποκείμενον has three main applications: (1) to the matter which underlies the form, opp. εἶδος, ἐντελέχεια, Arist.Metaph. 983a30; (2) to the substance (matter + form) which underlies the accidents, opp. πάθη, συμβεβηκότα, Id.Cat. 1a20,27, Metaph. 1037b16, 983b16; (3) to the logical subject to which attributes are ascribed, opp. τὸ κατηγορούμενον, Id.Cat. 1b10,21, Ph. 189a31: applications (1 ) and (2 ) are distinguished in Id.Metaph. 1038b5, 1029a1-5, 1042a26-31: τὸ ὑ. is occasionally used of what underlies or is presupposed in some other way, e. g. of the positive termini presupposed by change, Id.Ph. 225a3-7.b exist, τὸ ἐκτὸς ὑποκείμενον the external reality, Stoic.2.48, cf. Epicur.Ep.1pp.12,24 U.;φῶς εἶναι τὸ χρῶμα τοῖς ὑ. ἐπιπῖπτον Aristarch.
Sam. ap. Placit.1.15.5;τὸ κρῖνον τί τε φαίνεται μόνον καὶ τί σὺν τῷ φαίνεσθαι ἔτι καὶ κατ' ἀλήθειαν ὑπόκειται S.E.M.7.143
, cf. 83,90,91, 10.240; = ὑπάρχω, τὰ ὑποκείμενα πράγματα the existing state of affairs, Plb.11.28.2, cf. 11.29.1, 15.8.11,13, 3.31.6, Eun.VSp.474 B.;Τίτος ἐξ ὑποκειμένων ἐνίκα, χρώμενος ὁπλις μοῖς καὶ τάξεσιν αἷς παρέλαβε Plu.Comp.Phil.Flam.2
;τῆς αὐτῆς δυνάμεως ὑποκειμένης Id.2.336b
;ἐχομένου τοῦ προσιόντος λόγου ὡς πρὸς τὸν ὑποκείμενον A.D.Synt.122.17
.c ὁ ὑ. ἐνιαυτός the year in question, D.S.11.75; οἱ ὑ. καιροί the time in question, Id.16.40, Plb.2.63.6, cf. Plu.Comp.Sol.Publ.4; τοῦ ὑ. μηνός the current month, PTeb.14.14 (ii B. C.), al.; ἐκ τοῦ ὑ. φόρου in return for a reduction from the said rent, PCair.Zen.649.18 (iii B. C.); πρὸς τὸ ὑ. νόει according to the context, Gp.6.11.7.9 in logical arrangement, to be subject or subordinate,τῇ.. ἰατρικῇ.. ἡ ὀψοποιικὴ.. ὑ. Pl. Grg. 465b
;ὁ τὴν καθόλου ἐπιστήμην ἔχων οἶδέ πως πάντα τὰ ὑποκείμενα Arist.Metaph. 982a23
, cf. APo. 91a11;ἑκάστη [τέχνη] περὶ τὸ αὐτῇ ὑ. ἐστι διδασκαλική Id.Rh. 1355b28
.b ἡ ὑ. ὕλη the subject-matter of a science or treatise, Id.EN 1094b12, 1098a28, Phld.Po.Herc.1676.3 (pl.); τὸ ὑ. the part affected by a disease, Plb.1.81.6.III trans., = ὑποτέθειμαι, I have appended,ὧν τὸ καθ' ἓν ὑπόκειμαι PTeb. 140
(i B. C.); cf. παράκειμαι ([place name] Addenda).Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπόκειμαι
См. также в других словарях:
Τὸν ἕτερον πόδα ἐν τῷ πορθμείῳ ἔχειν. — τὸν ἕτερον πόδα ἐν τῷ πορθμείῳ ἔχειν. См. Одной ногой в могиле … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
λύκος — I (Βοτ.). Κοινή ονομασία του φυτικού γένους Orobanche της οικογένειας των οροβαγχιδών. Τα φυτά αυτά, που είναι γνωστά και με την κοινή ονομασία λυκόχορτα, είναι δικοτυλήδονα φυτά που αναπτύσσονται ως παράσιτα. Έχουν παχύ, σαρκώδη βλαστό, χωρίς… … Dictionary of Greek
GEMMA — Aeolice quicquid ad ornarum induitur, ab εἷμα, Aeol. ἕμμα, et addito digamma γἐμμα. Unde Latini videri queant fecisse vocem gemma de lapillo pretioso ac pellucido, qui auribus collo et digitis induitur ad ornatum. At maior ceteris, qui ad ornatum … Hofmann J. Lexicon universale
υπολαλώ — έω, ΜΑ [λαλῶ] μσν. λέω κάτι έμμεσα, πλαγίως («βούλεται δὲ μᾱλλον ὑπολαλεῑν τῷ τολμῶντι τὸ χρῆναι αὑτὸν πρὸς ἑαυτῷ ἔχειν τὸν νοῡν», Ευστ.) αρχ. 1. μιλώ χαμηλόφωνα 2. λέω κάτι κρυφά, ψιθυρίζω … Dictionary of Greek
έχω — (I) (ΑΜ ἔχω) 1. κρατώ κάτι στα χέρια μου, είμαι ο κάτοχος (κύριος, ιδιοκτήτης) ενός πράγματος («έχει σπίτια και κτήματα») 2. (για προσωπική κράτηση) κρατώ, φυλάω («τόν έχουν μέσα» ή «τόν έχουν στη φυλακή») 3. (για δήλωση συγγενικού δεσμού ή άλλης … Dictionary of Greek
ДАВИД ДИСИПАТ — ДИСИПАТ [греч. Ϫαυΐδ, Ϫαβὶδ Ϫισύπατος] († между 1347 и 1354), мон., богослов, сторонник учения свт. Григория Паламы. С. Петридис (см.: Pétridès S. David et Gabriel, hymnographes // EO. 1905. Vol. 8. P. 299) предположил возможность отождествления… … Православная энциклопедия
μέροψ — Μυθολογικό πρόσωπο. Σύμφωνα με την παράδοση, ήταν γιος του Τριόπα ή του Ύαντα. Βασίλευε στο νησί της Κω, το οποίο ονομαζόταν Μερόπη από το όνομά του, αλλά και Κως από την κόρη του. Παιδιά του ήταν επίσης η Ηπιόνη, γυναίκα του Ασκληπιού, και ο… … Dictionary of Greek
λογική — I (Μαθημ.). Μαθηματική επιστήμη, τα θεμέλια της οποίας βρίσκονται στο έργο του Αριστοτέλη Όργανον (βλ. λ. λογική [φιλοσοφική επιστήμη]). Ο μαθηματικός Μπουλ εισήγαγε στη λ. αυτή τον λογισμό, με τον οποίο αποφεύγονται πολλά προβλήματα που υπάρχουν … Dictionary of Greek
ГРИГОРИЙ ПАЛАМА — [Греч. Γρηγόριος Παλαμᾶς] (ок. 1296, К поль 14.11.1357, Фессалоника), свт. (пам. 14 нояб., переходящее празд. во 2 ю Неделю Великого поста), архиеп. Фессалоникийский, отец и учитель Церкви. Жизнь Источники Свт. Григорий Палама. Икона. Посл. треть … Православная энциклопедия
κύρος — I (τέλη 7ου – αρχές 8ου αι. μ.Χ.). Πατριάρχης Κωνσταντινουπόλεως (706−711). Αναγορεύτηκε πατριάρχης από τον Ιουστινιανό Β’, μετά τη δεύτερη εξορία του οποίου ο αυτοκρατορικός θρόνος περιήλθε στον Αρμένιο Φιλιππικό. Ο τελευταίος, αιρετικός… … Dictionary of Greek
συντακτικό — Μελέτη των συντακτικών αξιών των γλωσσικών τύπων. Από τους διάφορους τομείς έρευνας, που κληρονόμησε η σύγχρονη γλωσσολογία από την παραδοσιακή κανονιστική γραμματική, το σ. είναι εκείνο που θέτει τα περισσότερα προβλήματα. Κατά την αρχαία και τη … Dictionary of Greek